Cabinet of Ministers Regulations No. 43 in 2016 (19 January. Nr. 3 17) For 2013 correspondence letters Issued in accordance with the rules of procedure of the Cabinet of Ministers Act 31 of the equipment the first paragraph of article 2, paragraph 1.2013 15 April in Berne signed Letters of the Universal Postal Union rules of correspondence and its final Protocol (hereinafter referred to as rules of correspondence Letters) with these terms are accepted and approved. 2. the correspondence of letters provided for in the rules of procedure of the fulfilment of the obligations is coordinated by the Ministry of transportation. 3. correspondence of letters shall enter into force the rules of its prescribed in article 277 the RL in order, and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs shall notify the official Edition of the "journal". 4. the rules of procedure of correspondence letters to be published in English and its translation into Latvian language. The Prime Minister is the Minister of traffic Speed Newsletters ad interim, Interior Minister Richard Kozlovsk a letter correspondence rules in English PDF format Universal Postal Union letter correspondence, translation of the rules of procedure contents chapter 1 General provisions article 101 RL. The application of freedom of transit transport RL 102. Freedom of transit transport failure RL 103. Currency RL 104. Mail Security Chapter 2, air papildtarif and the exemption from tariffs on 105. Postal tariffs RL RL RL 106. Special tariffs mail tariff application 107. conditions 108. calculation of the LV Papildtarif airmail parcels RL RL 110.109. Equivalent exemption from postal charges, applicable postal service mailing RL 111. Exemption from postal charges, applicable to institutions that take care of the POW and civilians of the LV 112 internētaj. Postal tariffs released shipment labelling Chapter 3 postage. RL 113. Types of payment postage stamps. Notification of issue and exchange between designated operators RL. 114. Types of payment Postage and mail 115. RL pay marks or imprints of marking parameters RL 116. Postage stamps or postal payment marks or imprints of labelling possible fraudulent use of the RL 117.118. a RL Kalendārzīmog unpaid or partially paid the consignments on Board passed UP 119. post payments, and marking Chapter 4 mailing category and acceptance conditions RL RL 121.120. Basic services correspondence Letters mailing classification by their format RL 122. Information concerning weight limits for size limitations 123. RL RL size 124. and weight restrictions on the small letters (P) and big letters (G) 125. acceptance of the consignment, the RL. Design. 126. RL each packages mailing category specific rules applicable to the RL 127. Priority or transport specify how 128. Special packaging RL RL 129. Mailing envelopes with transparent panels of RL RL 130.131. Standardized consignments exceptionally dangerous products adopted RL 132. Radioactive materials, infectious substances, and lithium cells and batteries which may LV 133. conditions on how reasonable and labelling items that is from the patients (humans or animals) samples taken RL 134. Infectious substances and the conditions of acceptance of shipment labelling RL 135. Radioactive material consignments containing the conditions of adoption and marking 136. RL correspondence letters mailing acceptance conditions that have set up plants, lithium cells and batteries Chapter 5 ancillary services RL RL 137. Record items Insured items 138. RL 139. Post in arrears RL RL 140. Express mail service notice 141.142. Transfer recipient RL personally RL 143. Shipments that recipient served in served in not charging fees and charges 144. International komerckorespondenc RL with paid response (IBR) RL 145. International komerckorespondenc with paid reply – domestic response RL 146. international reply coupon RL 147. grouping Mailing service "consignment" Chapter 6-hazardous products that are prohibited to insert a letter correspondence consignments. Not properly adopted. Transfer. Return. Recall of mail. Request for RL 148. Dangerous products which are prohibited to insert a letter correspondence consignments RL 149. incorrectly accepted post processing RL RL 151.150. Forwarding undeliverable shipment. Return to the service of the State or the consignment to the sender and the storage time 152. Application for shipment UP the withdrawal and the application for alteration or correction of address processing RL 153. Mailing of the withdrawal. Address change or repair. Mailings that are sent in a country other than the country where the selected operator filed the request for RL RL 155.154. Requests requests in relation to other State shipments passed Chapter 7 customs questions RL 156. Consignments shall be transferred to the customs control RL 157. Fees for customs presentation RL 158. Customs duties and other fees cancellation Chapter 8 designated operator responsibility RL liability of designated operators 159. application of RL 160. Izzagt or damaged record or insured parcel delivery sender accountability 161. RL discovery RL 162. 163. the costs of remuneration the remuneration paid UP period 164. automatic consideration RL payment of RL 165. liability between designated operators of designated operators 166. RL liability. the procedure for the determination of the remuneration paid in the LV 167 recovery from air carriers RL 168. reimbursement of remuneration the designated operator of the payer Reimbursement reimbursement 169. RL between designated operators RL 170. the claims record of correspondence letters mailing procedures Chapter 9 in connection with the sending of depeš shipments promoting and receiving of Post Exchange 171. RL RL 172. Priority and airmail parcel post, priority treatment of 174 173. RL RL Depeš. Shutting down the Exchange depeš Exchange depeš 175. RL, sorted by format RL RL 176. Open transit shipment Insured 177. transmission routes and ways to design Depeš RL RL 178.179.180. Letters RL map sending shipments recorded 181. Insured shipment RL sending RL money transfer and 182. registered mail not sending arrears RL 183. Express shipment sending RL 184. IBR in RL to be 185 M bag send mail vairumsūtījum 186. RL send 187. Consignment RL shipment intended for direct access to the domestic system RL RL 188.189. Depeš marking barcode use RL 190. Tracking the progress of the consignment – post and depeš specifications RL RL push 191.192. Depeš Aviodepeš and depeš land, transported by air (ISLAND), direct transhipment 193. Shipping check RL statement preparation RL RL transfer Depeš 194.195. CN 37 38, CN or CN 41 cover letter preparation and verification RL 38 196. CN CN CN 41 37, or the lack of a cover letter 197. Depeš check RL RL RL 198.199. Validation messages incorrectly sent items RL 200. actions to be taken in the event of RL 201. measures to be taken if the flight is interrupted or if the land depeš, transported by air (ISLAND), is directed or incorrectly shipped 202. measures to RL by the temporary interruption of the provision of services and in the case of resumption RL 203. Empty containers atapakaļsūtīšan RL 204. Depeš Exchange with military units chapter 10 RL 205. Service quality service quality objectives for the chapter 11 Tranzītmaks and final settlement in RL 206. Tranzītmaks. General provisions (A). 207. Tranzītmaks Tranzītmaks RL RL 208. Tranzītmaks application of the distance in kilometers 209. RL RL 210. Emergency services. Multimodal transport RL 211. Charging and accounting for the high transit consignments and consignments sent incorrectly RL Tranzītmaks or 212 of the redirect on the wrong route of depeš-RL sent 213. Aviodepeš and ISLANDS of transit by land depeš RL Tranzītmaks atpakaļsūtīt 214. for the empty bag by air or land (B). The final settlement. The General rules for the final settlement in RL. 215. General provisions Member States voluntary RL 216. participation in the migration towards RL 217. Direct access to the domestic system RL 218. additional consideration for additional services in connection with the record, and express shipments insured RL 219. evaluation of indicators. Review and check the RL 220. final settlement calculation of tariffs for the countries that apply to article 30 of the Convention 5-11. point the RL 221. Conditions relating to the information on the reference fees required for the final settlement of tariff calculation RL 222. quality of service associated With the final settlement of the consideration between the countries in the migration towards the designated operators RL 223. Service quality standards and objectives principles with service quality related final settlement for payment of remuneration To the quality of services 224. RL related final settlement of compensation for depeš flow transition countries designated system operators and among them, of which 225. Final settlement RL tariff review mechanism RL request special 226. payment by mail to depeš vairumsūtījum RL depeš 227. Closed exchanges with military units (C). Statistical observation of statistical observation of the LV 228. General principles and determination of number of kilograms RL. Collection of statistics for 229 depeš exchange between countries in the migration towards the designated operators RL 230. Collection of statistics relating to the depeš Exchange in the transitional system that sorted by format RL 231. Alternative approaches for the collection of statistics on the depeš exchange between countries in the migration towards the designated operators RL special statistics collection 232. for use in the review mechanism (D). With tranzītmaks and the final settlement of the relevant list, cover letter and invoice preparation, dispatch and acceptance of the RL, 53 54 233. CN CN, CN and CN 54ter 54b list preparation, dispatch and acceptance in connection with depeš exchange between countries in the migration towards the designated operators in CN and CN HEADING 53 54 234. preparation of the list, and making use of a review mechanism, RL, CN 235.55b, 55 CN CN CN 56b 56 and the preparation of the list of RL depeš 236. CN 55 , CN CN CN 55b, 56b 56 and a depeš list and making the RL to the mail Depeš 237. vairumsūtījum accounting for RL 238. direct access to the domestic system for depeš accounting tranzītmaks invoice for 239. RL and the final billing, dispatch preparation and approval RL 240. Specific address to send the form relating to the tranzītmaks and final billing invoice for tranzītmaks 241. RL and final acceptance of the settlement Tranzītmaks and Grand 242. RL account RL 243. provisional duties payable to the Fund amount to fund the service quality in developing countries Chapter 12 air fares of closed 244. RL depeš receipts and copies of the tariff formula for calculating the RL 245. Copies of records of tariff CN and CN 246. RL 66 67 weight list for RL 247. CN CN 51 and 52 separate invoice total invoice preparation for RL 66 55 248. CN, CN and CN, CN 51 67 list a separate list and the total list of 52 CNS submission and acceptance of the RL and the air 249. Tranzītmaks tariff revisions RL 250. the air the tariff paid the air fares of RL 251. diverted or incorrectly sent to depeš or tar RL 252. the air fares for lost or destroyed 13. Chapter depeš settlement. 253. The list of RL payments and billing electronically RL 254. Invoicing and payment settlement, the LV 255. through the International Bureau RL 256. SDR units debt payments. General RL 257. Bill pay rules in cases where settlement is made with the International Bureau through the intermediary of Chapter 14 express mail express mail 258. RL RL 259. Emu chapter 15, electronic mail. Telematic connections RL RL 261.260. Hybrid mail The facsimile services RL 262. With text services RL 263. Electronic postal certification mark RL 264. Recorded in the RL electronic mail electronic mail PO box 265 RL 266. Telematic connections. General RL 267. Special provisions relating to the telematic link RL 268. provisions for payment of telematic communication Chapter 16 integrated logistics services RL 269. Integrated logistics services chapter 17 different rules. The designated operator of 270 RL information 271. International Bureau RL publications RL 272. document storage time RL RL 274.273. Form publicly available forms 275 Standard application of RL. RL 276. Environmental aspects 18. Transitional provisions and final clauses RL correspondence of letters 277. entry into force of rules of procedure and the operation time of the final Protocol to the letter correspondence article RL RL I Special tariffs (II) printed matter. The maximum weight for each shipment II RL category specific rules applicable to the RL RL V IV Standardized the consignments exceptionally dangerous products adopted RL via radioactive materials, infectious substances, and lithium cells and batteries, which allowed to take UP the post VII tariff conditions of application of the RL from the mail tariffs VIII released shipment labelling RL RL IX recorded M bags X Insured shipment restrictions maximum RL RL Insured items XI XII IBR calculation of costs RL XIII not correctly adopted post processing RL RL Transfer XIV XV Request processing XVI whose LV shall be transferred to the customs control RL Izzagt XVII or damaged record or insured delivery of the consignment, the designated operator of the XVIII RL responsibility determination procedure RL RL Depeš sacks XIX XX XXI Depeš marking of RL RL push special XXII XXIII Depeš tranzītmaks RL vairumsūtījum of accounting to RL 55, 66 and XXIV CN CN CN CN 51 67 list a separate invoice and CN 52 total invoice submission and acceptance of the RL international reply coupons XXV issued to 2002 1 January LV XXVI adjusting debts incurred to perform settlements in connection with the final total invoice for international reply coupons, which are distributed to 2002 1 January LV XXVII the adjustment of debts incurred to perform settlements with the International Bureau through the clearing system, and which have been in force prior to 1 January 2001 the RL form form XXVIII list No. The name of the form reference CN 01 international reply coupon RL a separate list 146.5 02b CNS response coupons RL 4 XXV CN 03 separate list-reply Exchange coupons have umbrella 146.9 CN RL 03b list. Reply coupons RL XXV. 6 CN 04 "R" label record shipments a label 05b 137.5.2 RL CN express consignments RL 140.3.2 CN 06 "V" label insured shipments RL 138.6.1 CN 07 notice of receipt/issuance of payment/registration/RL RL 154.2.1 141.2.2 CN 08 request CN 08 slip RL 154.2.8 CN 09 mailing list sent to IBR RL 144.5.1 CN 10 umbrella consignment list RL IBR 144.5.1 CN 11 labelling slip RL 143.4.2 CN 12 separate monthly invoice. Customs duties etc. RL 143.6.1 CN 13. Information on seized mail RL total 149.5 CN 14 envelope. Correspondence letters mailing transfer RL 150.8.1 CN 15 label "Back" RL 151.8.2 CN 16 ship card. Insured mail RL 17 application 152.3.1 181.1 CN RL-withdrawal of delivery-for address change or repair-the amount of arrears of cancellation or alteration of CN 18 application for mail not received (or receiving) a separate invoice 154.2.6 CN 19 LV. IBR charge RL 144.5.3.2 CN 20 list. IBR charge RL 144.5.4.1 CN 21 statement. CN 08 form RL 154.3.6 CN 22 customs declaration CN 23 customs declarations 156.1 RL RL 156.2 CN 24 Act (offences relating to insured mailing correspondence or consignments, postal parcels) RL 160.1 CN 25 Airmail bundle tag RL 176.7.1 CN 26 land mail bundles tag RL 176.7.2 CN 27 table. Insured shipment shipping route and CN CODE "RL" 177.1 29 label ("Arrears") RL 29 bis label 139.4.1 CN shipments with arrears ("code") RL 139.4.1 CN 29 ter coupon consignments in arrears (the "code") RL 139.4.3 CN 31 Letter card. Depeš Exchange RL 32 letter card 179.1 CN. Mail to Depeš with the vairumsūtījum RL 186 CN 33 special list. The recorded shipments RL 34 containers of CNS 180 tags for land depeš RL 188.2 CN 35 Airmail Taras tags RL 188.2 CN 36 containers of depeš ISLAND → RL 188.3 CN 37 cover letter. Land of the depeš RL 194.1.1 CN 38 cover letter. Aviodepeš RL 194.2.1 of CN 41 cover letter. Land depeš, transported by air (SAL) RL 194.2.1 CN 42 tag "direct transshipment" RL 43 verification statement 192.1 CN. Depeš Exchange RL 198.1 CN 44 shipping inspection report RL 193.1 CN 45 envelope cover letter CN CN CN 38, 41 and 47 for shipment to CN 46 substituted 194.2.4 RL RL 196.3 CN 47 cover letter cover letter. Depeš with empty containers RL 203.4 CN 48. The remuneration amounts CN 51 separate 170.1 RL. Tranzītmaks RL 170.4 total invoice RL 52 CNS 170.4 CN 53 reporting list. RL 233.1.1 CN umbrella 54 RL mailing list 233.1.2 CN 54b on the summary of the consignment 233.2.1 54ter annual summary CNS RL on the depeš Exchange, which are sorted by format RL 233.2.2 55 Depeš list of CNS RL 235.1 CN škirot-55b after format the list of RL 235.1 depeš CN depeš umbrella list 56 RL 235.2 CN škirot-56b in format of depeš aggregate list RL 235.2 CN invoice 57. Mail received by CN 237.2.1 vairumsūtījum RL 58 Aggregate list. The final settlement invoices in the mail vairumsūtījum RL 237.2.3 CN 61 separate invoice. The final settlement in RL 62 separate invoice 239.2.3 CN. Tranzītmaks/land depeš in 239.2.1 a separate HEADING CN 62b. In addition to marine tranzītmaks RL 207.2.2 CN 63 list. Tranzītmaks RL 241.2 CN 64 list. The final settlement in a separate HEADING CN 241.2 64b. Quality of service fund RL 243.1 CN 64ter particular list. Quality of service fund CN 65 cover letter 243.4 RL. Public transit and send the wrong sent shipment weight RL 66 Depeš weight 211.3 CN list. The ISLAND of Aviodepeš and depeš RL Depeš 67 weight 246.1 CN list. Priority/airmail mailing sent to open transit CN 68 Airmail Service 246.2 RL an overall list of RL 271.2.11 correspondence Letters rules of procedure Given the Constitution of the Universal Postal Union in article 22, paragraph 5, concluded in Vienna July 10, 1964, the postal operations Council has developed further measures envisaged to ensure the correspondence of letters. 1. nodaļaVispārīg rules 101. pantsTranzīt transport UP the freedom of the Member State of application 1. obligation that does not provide a mailing service or insured does not accept liability for insured mail transported by sea or air, is to send closed depeš which it has delivered in another Member State, by the fastest route and with the most secure features. RL 102. pantsTranzīt transport failure of freedom 1. If you stop the provision of postal services in a Member State which does not respect the freedom of transit, of it before using e-mail or other telecommunications means, notify the Member State concerned and to the designated operator. Shall inform the International Bureau. RL 103. pantsNaud unit 1. currency that is intended in article 7 of the Constitution and the Convention and used in other legislation of the Union, is the special drawing right (SDR). 2. the Member States of the Union, the designated operators, to reach a mutual agreement, billing, and can choose different monetary units that are not, or any of the SDR currency.
104. pantsPast security in RL 1. Member States and the implementation of designated operators in the postal security strategy aims to: 1. improve service quality in General; 1.2. increase employees ' awareness of the importance of security; 1.3. create or reinforce security unit; 1.4. ensure regular exchange with performance, safety and testing information; 1.5. propose to the legislature where appropriate to adopt specific legislation, rules and take measures to improve the global quality of the postal service and security; 1.6. to provide guidance, training methods and help postal employees to be able to handle emergency situations that may be at risk of a person's life or property or which may make it difficult for mail transport chain activity, and thus ensure the continuity of operations. 2. nodaļaTarif, air papildtarif, and exemptions from the tariffs, the RL pantsPast tariffs 105.1. Indicative post tariffs are listed in the table: the weight of the indicative Kategotij tariffs on shipments at geographic zone cheaper tariffs for shipments Guide most expensive geographic zone 1 2 3 4 1.1. tariff system based on speed: an SDR SDR priority mail up to 20 g 20 g 0.62 from 0.43 to 100 g 100 g to 0.96 1.53 from 250 g 250 g to 500 1.80 3.14 g of 3.54 from 6.22 500 g to 1000 g 1000 g and 2000 from 5.99 10.83 g 9.55 on additional 19.33 step 1000 g 8.67 5.66 (optional) (optional) priority to mailings from 0.43 0.37 20 g 20 g to 100 g 100 g to 250 0.67 from 0.99 g 1.33 g to 500 g of 1.71 250 2.60 500 g to 1000 g 3.43 from 4.33 from 1000 g and 2000 g 5.68 7.70 10.43 for the additional step 1000 g 5.42 3.86 (optional) (optional) 1.2. the tariff system, which is based on the content of the letters up to 20 g 0.51 0.34 from 20 g to 100 g 100 g to 0.83 from 1.42 g 250 g to 500 from 250 1.97 3.26 g from 500 g to 1000 3.71 5.97 g 1000 g and 2000 from 6.62 11.31 g 20.15 additional step 11.53 1000 g 6.02 (optional) (optional) 7.75 postcards printed up to 20 g 0.38 0.27 0.23 20 g to 100 g of 0.36 0.60 1.05 from 100 g to 250 g 250 g to 2.52 from 1.29 500 g 500 g to 1000 4.82 from 2.33 g 1000 g and 2000 9.05 of 4.44 g 14.58 on additional step 7.52 1000 g 100 g of small packages to 3.44 5.10 0.70 from 100 g to 250 g 1.20 1.40 from 250 g to 500 g 2.52 2.52 from 500 g to 1000 g 4.73 4.29 from 1000 g and 2000 g 7.85 6.36 13.16 for the additional step of 1000 l 4.80 (optional) (optional) 10.40 2. Postal Operations Council Congress in the meantime is empowered to review and amend the indicative tariffs specified in point 1. Revised tariff must be based on the average value of the tariff, which are covered by the Member States of the Union, international shipments that are sent from them. 3. stir in the applicable tariffs in M calculated according to the weight of 1 kg, for a total weight of each bag. The designated operator of the sender may allow these bags to apply to 20% smaller tariff, which paid for the mailing category. The reduction can be applied regardless of the reduction referred to in article 107 RL. 4. the system in which the basis for the content, subject matter, which apply different tariffs, are allowed to put in a single consignment, if the total weight of the shipment does not exceed the maximum weight laid down for the category that the weight limit is the greatest. In the case of consignments of such consignment transfer of State designated the operator can apply either to the tariff, which is defined in the category with the highest tariff, or the amount that is obtained by adding the tariffs which apply to each shipment of the inserted object. On such shipments to deploy "a mixt Envo (combined post). RL article 106 tariffs 1. Fee for the delivery of small packages with a weight of less than 500 grams may not be collected from the recipient. If the domestic shipments of small packages weighing more than 500 grams, the supply tariff, then the same tariff may be applied in connection with incoming international of small packages. 2. the operators shall have the right in the following cases, to apply the same tariffs as for domestic service: 2.1 the tariff applicable to letter post correspondence provided after the time of the transfer at a later date; 2.2. the tariff for shipments placed outside the post Office's normal working hours; 2.3. tariff for the package collection sender's address; 2.4. correspondence of letters to the tariff for shipment outside the post offices working time; 2.5. the tariff for shipment to the request; 2.6. the tariff on the correspondence of letters of consignment storage, weighing more than 500 grams and that the recipient did not appear to receive the prescribed period. This tariff does not apply to consignments of the blind. 3. operators who are ready to offer the force majeure risk coverage, are allowed to charge for insurance against the risk of force majeure, determining that the indicative amount for each recorded delivery is 0.13 SDR. RL 107. pantsPast tariff conditions of application 1. operators designated by the Member States in which the internal system cannot accept the weight of metric system, you can use the internal system equivalent units of measure. 2. the Member States or by designated operators can change the weight structure of the steps specified in article 105 of the RL. 2.1. All categories of shipments last weight step must not exceed the maximum weight indicated in article 122 of the RL. 3. Member States or the designated operators, that the internal system of the postcards, printed matter, or small packages will not be considered to be a separate category of the consignment, the same can be done for mail shipments to foreign countries. 4. the tariff, the applicable priority mail correspondence shipments, including all additional costs associated with the fast shipping. 5. The designated operator of the system used is based on the correspondence of letters post content is allowed: 5.1 application of air papildtarif on airmail letters correspondence shipments; 5.2. for the lower priority land parcels, which are transported by air (ISLAND), papildtarif, which is less than the papildtarif that apply for airmail parcels; 5.3. determine the combined charges in connection with payments for airmail post and the island post, given the cost of postal services and the copies of the cost. 6. the Papildtarif of linking with the air tariffs, and they are the same, at least for the entire territory of the country of destination, regardless of the route; calculating air papildtarif airmail letter correspondence shipments, the designated operators are allowed to take into account their weight publicly available form, which can be attached to the consignment. 7. transfer of National Post operator can be applied to the correspondence letters mailing: 7.1. with the transfer of consignment in the country issued in newspapers and periodicals, the tariff cuts, which usually does not exceed 50% of the relevant category of the tariff applicable to the consignment; 7.2. contain books and brochures, scores and the card provided that there is no other promotional materials or advertisements as only those that appear on the printed cover or cover page, the-same tariff reduction provided for in paragraph 7.1. 8. The designated operators have the right to limit 7. tariff reductions provided for in paragraph and apply it only to newspapers and periodicals that meet the conditions of the internal rules relating to the transmission of the newspapers the tariff. The reduction shall not apply to the commercial printed matter, such as catalogs, advertisements, price lists, etc., regardless of how often they are released. The same rules apply to advertisements that are printed on the pages attached to the newspapers and periodicals. But tariff reductions may be applied if individual advertisements inserts should be considered part of newspapers or periodicals. 9. any transfer of the designated National Post operator non-standard consignments can be applied to the tariff, which differs from its tariff, which applied for the standard messages, defined in article 130 RL. 10. the reduction of the tariff in accordance with paragraph 7 shall also apply to the consignments are transported by air, but the reduction does not apply to part of the amount of its tariff, which covers the cost of that transportation. 108. pantsPapildtarif calculating the RL airmail parcels 1. Designated operators to calculate the papildtarif for air mail shipments are allowed to use less weight than those of the steps provided for in article 105 LV. 109.1. pantsEkvivalent RL Designated operators established in the Convention and other EU legislation for the postal tariff equivalents, as well as international reply coupon with the sale price. They are the equivalent of and the prices are communicated to the International Bureau, to be informed about them other designated operators. Therefore, each designated operator shall report to the International Bureau, what is the mean value of the SDR in national currency. 2. the average value of the SDR, which comes into effect on January 1 each year and used exclusively for the detection of the postal tariff calculated to four decimal places, based on the data for at least 12 months in the previous year to 30 September, published by the IMF. 3. with regard to the currency exchange rate of the day against the SDR, the IMF have published these calculations carried out using another currency, for which this exchange rate is fixed. 4. the Member States of the Union, of which the exchange rate is not calculated in relation to the SDR or the IMF that are not members of the specialized agencies are invited to announce unilateral equivalence between the currency and SDR. 5. the designated operators as soon as possible inform the International Bureau of postal tariff equivalents or changes, indicating the date of the said entry into force equivalent. 6. the International Bureau will publish the aggregate in which for each dalīvvalst specified in the tariff equivalent of mail, the mean value of the SDR and referred to in paragraph 1 of the international reply coupon sale price. 7. each designated operator directly inform the International Bureau as to which it has determined the remuneration of equivalent of that supposed cost recorded or recorded mailing M stir in the event of loss. RL 110. pantsAtbrīvojum from the mail tariffs applicable to postal service shipments 1. Letter correspondence shipments, which are associated with the postal service and sent to the designated operators or their post offices, exempted from all postal tariffs regardless of whether they are mailing, airmail land or land mail mailings that are sent by air (ISLAND). 2. the correspondence of letters consignments that are associated with the postal service, exempt from all postal tariffs, with the exception of the air papildtarif: 2.1 if these consignments exchanged the World Postal Union institutions and bodies the regional associations; 2.2. in the case of consignments exchanged between these regional associations; 2.3. If the said institutions these mailings be sent to Member States and/or the designated operators or the postal authorities. RL 111. pantsAtbrīvojum of tariffs applicable to institutions that take care of the POW and internētaj of civilians 1. Exemption from the application of the tariff article 7 of the Convention, the meaning of the following institutions: 1.1 the information Office for the article 122 of 12 august 1949 Geneva Convention on the treatment of POW; 1.2. the central information agency of the POW for the article 123 of that Convention; 1.3. Information Office down in article 136 of 12 august 1949 Geneva Convention on the protection of civilians in time of war; 1.4. A central information agency for the Convention referred to in the preceding paragraph in article 140. The LV 112. pantsN mail tariffs free shipment labelling 1. Consignments which are exempt from tariffs, the side that represents the address in the top right corner there are such indications, the feasible, with the translation: 1.1. consignments as referred to in article 7 of the Convention in paragraph 1 and in article 110-RL "services des posts" (service) or similar indication; 1.2. the consignments referred to in article 7 of the Convention, paragraph 2, and article 111, LV and forms associated with those packages, the "service des prisonnier de guerre" (services POW) or "service des intern civil" (services of internētaj civilians); 1.3. the consignments referred to in article 7 of the Convention paragraph 3 – "a pour les Envo aveugl (the consignment for the blind). 3. nodaļaPastmark. Payment methods RL 113. pantsPastmark. Notification of issue and exchange between designated operators 1. The designated operator each time it issued new postage stamps, with the International Bureau, shall notify all other designated operators, providing the necessary information. 2. the designated operators, through the International Bureau, will exchange one set from each new postage costs and 15 kits sent to the International Bureau. In General, each new edition of the 235 should be sent postage. RL 114. pantsApmaks. Payment methods: 1.1.1. the post usually completely paid for the sender. 2. Payment methods. 2.1. Payment by using one of the following ways: 2.1.1. postage stamps that are printed on a consignment or glued to them and are valid in the Member State of consignment of the transfer; 2.1.2. mail payment signs, which are valid in the Member State of the transfer shipment and transfer of consignments selling designated national operator set up vending machines; 2.1.3. the authorized labelling machines, which are valid in the country of the transfer shipment, if it works post service of national operator's direct supervision; 2.1.4. prints made by a printing press or other printing or printing process, if such a system is allowed to be used in accordance with the transfer of national post operator. 2.2. the consignments can be deployed to an indication that the post is completely paid, for example, "Taxi-perçu" (post Paid). This pointer placed on the top right part of the consignment at the side that indicate the address and authenticated using post transfer national postal authorities kalendārzīmog footprint. Unpaid or partially paid in the case of postal consignments of the authority that carried out the payment or paid the shipment for the missing payment amount, this footprint made toward that point. RL 115. pantsPastmark and postal payment marks or imprints of marking parameters 1. Postage stamps and the postal payment marks. 1.1. the post pay postage stamps and signs can be in any form, provided that the height or width is usually not less than 15 mm and not more than 50 mm 1.2. Postage stamps and postal payment marks, taking into account the designated operator or Member State, of the issuing conditions can be perforated, or they can be embossed prints made using the embossed footprint stamp, if these activities are not disrupted due to laid down in article 8 of the Convention, the information clearly visible. 1.3. the Memorial or charity stamps with Arabic numerals, you can specify the year. Similarly to those in any language can have a type that specifies the event that honor the postage stamps were issued. If mailing payment amount in addition to charges, they should be specified so as to avoid any doubt on that amount. 2. the labelling machine fingerprint. 2.1. the designated operators can use or permit the use of labelling machines, mail with which the consignments are printed in the name of the Member State of the transfer and the amount of pay, as well as the name and location of the transfer date of transfer. However, the last two are not mandatory. If the labelling machines use the designated operator, then an indication of the amount of payment may be replaced by the indication that this amount has been paid, such as using "Tax-perçu" (paid). 2.2. The fingerprints, which are made with a mail labelling machine, are bright red. However, the designated operators may allow that the labelling machine prints is a different color. Advertising slogans for prints made using labelling machine, also can be a different color. 2.3. transfer of the consignment and the name of the Member State shall indicate the Latin alphabet and next to them the same information may be given to other characters. Pay the amount indicated, using Arabic numerals. 3. the Labelling of the fingerprint. 3.1. the marking nospiedumo, made by a printing press or other printing or printing process, Latin characters specifies the name of the Member State of consignment of the transfer and, where appropriate, the transfer of the consignment the name of the post office, next to them the same information may be given to other characters. They have also indicated that the post is a paid, using, for example, "Taxi-perçu" (paid). In each case, the accepted phrase in bold indicate clearly visible in the frame, and it must not be less than 300 mm2. Kalendārazīmog, if it is used in that frame in it requires. 3.2. Labelling fingerprints obtained electronic printing process, can be placed above the address of the place of intended so that the vertical distance between this footprint and address space would be from 2.5 to 5 mm regardless of the location of the address. These labelling fingerprints can be deployed directly on the envelope or envelope transparent inset inside. The second mentioned case of printing and mailing the envelope position marking must be carried out in such a way that the footprint would be not less than 5 mm from the edge of the Panel. The following types of prints are also subject to the provisions of paragraph 3.1. If the labelling contains fingerprints or have added data that code form specified by a two-dimensional symbol, then it must meet UP to S28 technical standard. RL 116. pantsPastmark or postal payment marks or labeling possible fraudulent use of fingerprints 1. in the light of national legislation in the area of criminal law, in the event of suspected intentional criminal offence in connection with the use of postal payment marks, follow the procedure set out below. 1.1. In relation with the outgoing consignment suspected deliberate violation, which was implemented by postal payment marks, and the sender is known, then a postage stamp or a fingerprint does not change in any way. The shipment, which adds the statement, officially registered in the envelope sent to the delivery post office. To inform the Member State of consignment, transfer and destination designated operator, sent to them a copy of the communication. The designated operator, informing the International Bureau may determine that these statements relating to its services are sent to the Central Administration or specially designated post office. 1.2. distribution shall be invited to look at the evidence. Shipment delivery to the addressee only if he agrees to pay the fee, and they found the address, and then, once he is familiar with the content, the subject matter of the alleged infringement are transferred to the postal service. It can be a whole post, if it is not separable from the proof of the infringement, or part of the consignment (envelopes, packaging, parts of letters, etc.) that have an address and a postage stamp or imprint, which has encountered these suspicions. The results of the interview for the official presentation of the report, signed by the staff member and the recipient of the mail. If the recipient refuses to cooperate, then it indicates that the document. 2. the official report with supporting documents to officially send registered post parcel service of designated national operator, who act in accordance with national law. 3. the designated operators whose national law does not permit to take in 1.1 and 1.2 for the procedure, inform the International Bureau, to be notified to the other designated operators. 117. pantsKalendārzīmog placement in RL 1. Kalendārzīmog footprint where the Latin alphabet is specified, the name of its post office, which is responsible for the deletion of that date shall be imposed on the operation side of the parcel, which contains the address. Relevant information can be added, including their post transfer lettering. 2. Kalendārzīmog is not compulsory taxation: 2.1 on items marked using labelling machine prints, if nospiedumo is specified in the mentioned putting site name and date of the transfer; 2.2. on items marked using fingerprints, imposed on a commercial printing press or other printing or printing process; 2.3. to not recorded reduced tariff if shipments are referred to the transfer of the specified site; 2.4. correspondence of letters to orders that are related to the mail service, as provided for in article 7(1) and in article 110 in RL. 3. Delete all the postage stamps that are valid for payment. 4. where the designated operators one do not intend that the deletion is performed using a special stamp, postage stamps, which transfer the consignment service is not deleted in error or carelessness, deletes the mail body which it finds: 4.1 replacing the thick lines in ink or indelible pencil; 4.2. using the edge of the kalendārzīmog so that the mail can not be determined name. 5. On wrong consignments sent, except for recorded reduced tariff, imposed its postal authorities kalendārzīmog that the consignments referred to in the question is received. This applies to both fixed postal authorities, though, as much as possible, to mobile postal authorities. Priority mail envelopes and letters footprint makes the other side, but the postcard-front. RL 118. pantsNeapmaksāt or partially paid the consignments 1. Consignment transfer of national operator can be sent back to the sender of the unpaid or partially paid packages to the sender to pay the missing amount. Unpaid or partially paid the sender identified by using methods designed for the referral, the Member State of consignment, internal rules, including the methods used for undeliverable consignments. 2. the transfer of National Post operator can even commit to pay for unpaid shipments or correspondence letters missing amount of partially paid and the shipments amount to charge from the sender. In this case, it is authorized to charge a fee for the Guide also post processing, which is 0.33 SDR. 3. in the event of a transfer of State designated operator does not apply any of the 1 and 2 down or if the sender cannot pay the missing amount, the unpaid or partially paid priority consignments, letters and postcards sent to the country of destination, however. You can also send other unpaid or partially paid shipments. 4. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 3, the transfer of national post operator is not obliged to send to the country of destination of the consignments of the following categories, if they are placed in vēstuļkastīt or in other designated operator consignment collection facilities: 4.1 the unpaid or partially paid items that the sender not specified or can not be identified; 4.2. non-prepaid postcards bearing the labels or marks that certify that postal charges are paid. 5. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 9 of the transfer of the national post operator has no obligation to the country of destination to send unpaid postcards bearing the labels or marks that certify that postal charges are paid, if such postcards are placed in vēstuļkastīt or another designated operator consignment collection facilities. 6. transfer of National Post operator determines the criteria according to which the unpaid or partially paid mailings sent to the country of destination. However, the post that the sender has specified for priority mail or airmail parcels, the designated operators typically send the the fastest way (by air or land). 7. transfer of National Post operator who wants to collect the missing amount from the recipient, follow the procedure described in paragraphs 8 and 10. Unpaid or partially paid mailings, subject to that procedure, special tariffs are levied according to the amount paid by the recipient or the sender in the case of consignments of atpakaļnosūtīt and calculation is described in paragraph 11. 8. Prior to shipment to the country of destination to the unpaid or partially paid mailings front upper middle puts on T seal (insufficient pay). Next to the imprint of the stamp of the transfer of national post operator clearly legible numbers its national currency the amount lacking and write below the Division line indicates the minimum not the reduced tariff, which applies for the first weight step of the priority packages or letters sent abroad. 9. The designated operator of the sender is responsible for checking whether the country passed the international mails are properly prepaid. Every post that is received in the country of destination and which is not T stamp according to the provisions of paragraph 8 shall be considered fully paid-up and proceed accordingly. 10. If the first destination chosen by the operator wishes to collect the missing amount from the recipient (in the case of consignments forwarded) or from the sender (atpakaļnosūtīt post), then the obligation to impose a T and specify the amount of fractions in the form of a performance of this designated operator. The same provision shall apply to consignments which have been transferred to countries where the services for the designated operator of the pārsūtoš down with the reduced tariffs. In this case, the fraction is obtained using the tariffs provided for in these rules of procedure and in force in the country of the transfer shipment. 11. the operator who wants the supplier to charge the amount of the tariff, missing the post indicates the amount to be charged. This amount is calculated if a fraction, obtained using the data referred to in point 8 of the tariff multiplied by the amount in the national currency, providing international services, collected for the first weight step of the priority packages or letters sent abroad. The resulting score added to the fee for the processing of the consignment, provided in paragraph 2. The designated operator of the supplier, if it wishes, can charge only fees for post processing. 12. If, in the case of delivery of consignments not putting national operator, or the operator designated pārsūtoš near T is specified by the stamp referred to in paragraph 8 a fraction, then the designated operator of the country of destination is partially paid shipment can be delivered without applying tariffs. 13. Postage stamps and marking prints, which are not valid for a consignment fee shall not be taken into account. In this case, next to these stamps or fingerprints writes the number zero (0) and put the pencil down. 14. Received recorded messages and insure the consignment shall be considered paid in full. 119. pantsUz Board passed UP the delivery and payment For shipments 1 sealing placed on board one of the flights or destinations an intermediate port of call, the pay shall be carried out using postage stamps of the country that the ship is in the territorial waters, and under the same national postal tariffs. 2. Where a consignment is passed when the ship is in the open sea, and between the respective designated operators have concluded a mutual agreement, the consignment, using postage stamps of the country to which the ship belongs or in which the vessel is hired by, and under the same national postal tariffs. Such consignments for which the payment was made as soon as possible, you must pass the post office after the vessel's arrival in port of call. 3. On ships out of the consignment of stamping mail employee or officer to whom such an obligation is laid down, or, if this is not possible, the ports of call post office where mailings are passed in. In this case, the postal authority to impose his correspondence kalendārzīmog and adds the word "Navir" (the ship), "Paqueb" (ship) or other similar designation. 4. nodaļaPast mailing categories and conditions of adoption. pantsPamatpakalpojum 1 120 RL. each designated operator can freely choose whether outgoing shipment flow to use a system that is based on post processing speed or post content. 2. If the classification system is based on the post processing speed, the mailings are classified into: 2.1 priority consignments, i.e. consignments transported by the fastest route (air or ground), setting a priority; 2.2. the priority consignments, i.e. consignments for which the sender has chosen to pay lower tariffs, which indirectly means that the delivery time is longer. 3. If the classification system is based on content, then the post is broken down into: 3.1 consignments are transported by air, in determining the priority, and which is called the airmail parcels; 3.2. terrestrial consignment transported by air, setting a lower priority, and called the ISLAND. 4. each designated operator as priority shipments and airmail shipments may be accepted under the folded and sealed on all sides of the paper. Such a movement called aerogrammes. Aerogrammes classification system, based on the contents of the consignment, be considered similar airmail letters. RL 121. pantsVēstuļ correspondence mailing classification by their format 1. They designated operators in the migration towards the final settlement, which the mailing quantity above the prescribed threshold, the outgoing mail classification system applied by the post format, especially for post processing. The conditions laid down in article 175 RL. 2. the classification system following the format referred to in article 120 RL letter correspondence shipments can be divided into the following: 2.1 small letters (P), as indicated in article 124 RL; 2.2. large letter (G), as indicated in article 124 RL; 2.3. large letter (E), i.e. consignments that cannot be classified not as small or large letters, taking into account the size limits specified in article 123, RL and weight indicated in article 13 of the Convention, the RIVER and the RL in article 122. RL article 122 in connection with weight restrictions and non-Priority 1.1 priority shipment weight can be up to 5 kg: 1.1.1. relations between designated operators, if the two designated operators from customers adopt these consignments; 1.1.2. in the case of consignments containing books and pamphlets, post transfer DNA operator can choose whether to accept these mailings. 2.2. The system based on the use of the content of letters and small packages 2.2.1 weight can be up to 5 kilograms the relationship between designated operators, if the two designated operators from customers adopt these consignments; 2.2.2. the printed weight can be up to 5 kilograms, and the designated operator of the sender can choose whether to accept these mailings. 3. The weight limit for consignments containing books or brochures that can be increased up to 10 kilograms, if the designated operators can agree on it. 4. Postal Service mailing, referred to in article 7 of the Convention, paragraph 1, and article 110 of the RL will not apply article 13 of the Convention and 1 mentioned above. and (2) under certain weight limits. However, the total weight of the consignment of the bag may not exceed 30 kilograms. 5. the designated operators correspondence letters mailing provided in their country, can be applied to the maximum weight limit of, providing domestic services, is applied to the same type of objects, if the shipment does not exceed the limits referred to in article 13 of the Convention and the aforementioned in paragraph 1 and 2. 123. RL pantsIzmēr limits the size limit 1 shipment other than postcards and aerogrammes are: 1.1. maximum size, length, width and thickness of 900 mm, amount-but the largest size must not be greater than 600 mm (tolerance 2 mm); roll form, the amount obtained by adding to the length of the diameter multiplied by two,-1040 mm, but the largest size must not be greater than 900 mm (tolerance 2 mm); 1.2. minimum size – the size of the surface must not be less than 90 x 140 mm (tolerance 2 mm); roll form, the amount obtained by adding to the length of the diameter multiplied by two,-170 mm, but the largest size must not be less than 100 mm. 2. Postcard size constraints are the following: 2.1 maximum size-120 x 235 mm (tolerance 2 mm), if they are strong enough to withstand handling; 2.2. minimum size 90 x 140 mm (tolerance 2 mm). Length must be at least such as latitude and √ 2 (approx. 1.4) times. 3. the Aerogrammes size limit are as follows: 3.1 the maximum size-110 x 220 mm (tolerance 2 mm); 3.2. minimum size 90 x 140 mm (tolerance 2 mm). Length must be at least such as latitude and √ 2 (approx. 1.4) times. 4. for the purposes of this article, the proposed size limits do not apply to postal service shipments, as referred to in article 7 of the Convention, paragraph 1, and article 110 of the RL. RL 124. pantsIzmēr and weight restrictions on the small letters (P) and big letters (G) 1. Classification by parcel size, small letters (P) size and weight limits are: 1.1. minimum dimensions: 90 x 140 mm; 1.2. maximum size; 165 x 245 mm, 1.3 maximum weight: 100 g; 1.4. maximum thickness: 5 mm. 2. Classification by the format of the consignment the consignment, not classified small letters (P), the size and weight limits for large letters (G) is as follows: 2.1 the minimum dimensions: 90 x 140 mm; maximum size 2.2; 305 x 381 mm; 2.3. maximum weight: 500 g; 2.4. maximum thickness: 20 mm. 3. The action required, accounting and statistical purposes, the following rules apply: 3.1. Where the consignment exceeds size limitations in relation to one or more of the four criteria (length, width, thickness and weight), the consignment concerned to be classified as belonging to the next larger format, unless it complies with the format size. RL 125. pantsSūtījum acceptance of the conditions. Design. 1. consignments the packaging presented and carefully so that they can not fall into the other. The shipment of packages adapted to the form and content, as well as the conditions of carriage. In the case of letters and small packages the packaging must ensure that the contents of the consignment during transportation will remain together. Each consignment shall be made so that the post does not harm the health of the postal employees. If a shipment contains items that can injure the postal employees who handled, or it may stain or damage other mail or postal equipment, the design shall be made so that these risks may be avoided. Metal fasteners used for the conclusion of a consignment, there must be no sharp edges and must not interfere with the mail service. 1.1. the designated operators can agree on the vairumsūtījum Exchange that is not wrapped or packaged. The designated operator of the sender and destination operator chosen by mutual agreement, you can determine that consignment transfer conditions. 2. UPS identification code as set UP the technical standard S18, can indicate a correspondence letters mailing, to facilitate the processing and transfer of consignments, both in the country of destination and to facilitate processing for the exchange of information between designated operators involved. Identification code indicated by the designated operator permissions according to the postal operations Council instructions, and UP the Complexity of technical standards and regulations. S18 To maximize the legibility of the identification code, the designated operators: 2.1 the encoded information can specify R1 zone, as defined in the technical standard and complexity, but this must be done in accordance with the standard and technical Complexity; S18 2.2. are encouraged to recommend not to use the R1 zone in a way that may interfere with the identification code, or the code to specify that interfere with the use of this area. 3. the designated operators strongly recommends that customers follow the rules set out below. 3.1. Mailing address, postage stamps and prints or the equivalent of labelling instructions set down its post-side right, that represents the address. The above points as close as possible to the right side of the top edge. If mailing payment does not meet these conditions, the transfer of national post operator treated under national law. 3.2. The recipient address for shipments in the longitudinal direction and the article when the post has envelope, it writes to the smooth side of the envelope that does not fold in the edge of the envelope. Consignments exceeding small letters (P) format limits the RL 130 paragraph 1, address you can write parallel to the width. 3.3. the shipment indicates precisely the full recipient address. It writes, using a clearly legible for Latin letters and Arabic numerals. If the country of destination are used other letters and numbers, then we recommend that you specify the address by using the corresponding letters and numbers. The name of the place of destination and the name of the country of destination written in large letters, correctly indicating the postal delivery area number or postal mailing carton number, if any. The name of the country of destination is desirable to write a post for the transfer of the National Edition. To avoid the complications that may arise in transit countries, the name of the country of destination, it is desirable to specify the language known internationally. The designated operators can recommend that the consignments addressed to countries which have recommended the postal code to write before the name of the country of destination before the zip code indicates the country code according to the standard EN ISO 3166-1 Alpha 2 with dash behind it. This does not detract from the requirement to indicate the full name of the country of destination. 3.4. the envelope paper is manufactured from materials that can be machined. 3.5. to facilitate the automatic reading, recipient's address, writes dense, leaving no space between the letters and a blank line between rows in which the pattern of the destination address and other particulars. The place of destination and the country, as well as the postal code, if any is specified, not underlined. 3.6. the name and address of the sender to indicate the consignment together with postal or delivery zone number, if any. If this information indicates the side on which the envelope recipient address in the article, then it writes the top left corner, and to avoid confusion between the recipient address and that information must be sufficiently large for the space. 3.7. the sender's and recipient's address, the indication inside the consignments to post content, subject to the maximum distance between two addresses. This particularly applies to shipments in an open way. 3.8. Clients who most transmit the same size and weight, the parcel may be asked to group them according to postal or delivery area, to the country of destination can process them as quickly as possible. The designated operator of the country of destination may be asked to post the transfer of national operator such grading shall be applied in accordance with the agreement. 4. Except as otherwise provided in these rules, service instructions and labels placed at the side of the consignment specifying the address. It is placed as close as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is specified. Service instructions written in French or another language that is known in the country of destination. You can write also a translation of instructions for the transfer of consignments in the national language. 5. Characters not postage stamps, charity, or other labels, as well as drawings, which can be confused with postage stamps or labels, agencies may not deploy or print at the side of the consignment to which the article addresses. This also applies to the stamp imprints, which can be confused with labelling the prints. 6. In all cases where the consignment is packed, the recipient address on the packaging. 7. Envelope to which edges are colored stripes, used only for airmail parcels. 8. The mailing address, which sends the request to indicate the recipient's name, town, country of destination and, if possible, post office where the mailing is to be received. At the side of the consignment, which is the address in bold write "Poste restant" (on request). For these shipments may not write initials, numbers, just names, fictitious names or any type of coded characters. 9. the printed matter in exceptional cases after the recipient's name may be a reference "or the occupan" (or other person living together with the target), with the French language or in a language that is understood by the destination country. 10. On the envelope or wrapper must contain only one sender address and one recipient's address. In the case of the postal vairumsūtījum sender's address must be clearly visible to the post, and the address specified place must be in the service of the country of consignment. 11. Does not accept consignments for which all the party that represents the address or part of it is divided up into several areas to indicate the number of consecutive addresses. 126. RL pantsKatr mailing category for special provisions applicable to priority 1/priority mail and the letter 1.1. Except for the provisions on shipments and consignments of standardised packaging, on priority/priority mail or letters shall not be subject to any conditions with respect to their form or conclusion. However, the above consignment envelopes must be rectangular, to ensure that the processing does not create difficulties. Such consignments placed rectangular envelopes even if that depth and flexibility, but not in the shape resemble postcards. Envelopes should be light in color. We recommend the mailing side that is written in the address specify the word "Priority" (priority) or "Letter" (letter), in size or design, it can be confused with the post, which paid a reduced fare. 2. the aerogrammes. 2.1. the Aerogrammes must be rectangular and must not be such as to impede the processing of mail. 2.2. front aerogrammes is intended for specifying the address, as well as clarification and service receipts or labels. On the printed indication "Aerogrammes" and can also be the indication of the country of the transfer shipment. Aerogrammes send no attachments. It can be recorded, if it is allowed to transfer the consignment in the national rules. 2.3. Any Member State or the designated operator, taking into account RL. paragraph 3 of article 123 of the limits fixed, fixed the issue, aerogrammes manufacturing and sales conditions. 3. The postcard. 3.1. the postcards are rectangular and made of cardboard or paper that is strong enough to not make it more difficult for mail processing. They may not be raised or uneven parts, and they must meet the conditions that the Member State intends to transfer or consignment national operator. 3.2. the front of the postcard is "Carte postale (postcard) French language or type in another language. The following words need not be on postcards with pictures. 3.3. send a postcard not concluded, i.e. without a wrapper or envelope. 3.4. Front right side is intended for specifying the address of the recipient, as well as clarification of the characters and service instructions or labels. The sender may use the front and back of a postcard left. 3.5. the postcards which do not comply with the conditions of the said category, considered the letters, except if the only discrepancy is that prefinanced signs located at the rear. These postcards is considered outstanding, and they are treated as unpaid shipments. 4. Printed matter. 4.1. How can send printed reproductions on paper, cardboard or other materials that are commonly used and prepared for printing multiple copies using the service of a Member State or the designated country of consignment operator's permit process. Printed matter, which does not meet the above definition, can assume international to provide the service, if it accepts the post of public service of domestic services. 4.2. the printed matter on the side indicating the address, as close as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information indicates in bold type in the case of the phrase "Imprim ' (printed matter) or" a tax of reduit Imprim ' (printed at reduced tariff), or the corresponding phrases in the language, which is known in the country of destination. These phrases are indications that consignments are only printed matter. 4.3. Printed matter that meets both the General conditions that apply to printed matter and the conditions which apply to the postcards, adopt open-ended manner, applying the tariff publication, even if they have "Carte postale (postcard), or, where the indication in another language. 4.4. Number of printed matter can be sent together in one post, if they are not indicated in the various recipient names and addresses. The transfer of national post operator may set limits and allow the printed matter in this way, send only if it sends a single sender. 4.5. Is permitted printed materials add a postcard, envelope or wrapper, on which is printed the sender or his representative address in the original service or shipment in the country of destination; the return of the consignment can be added to pay in advance, using the original country of destination of a consignment or parcel postage prefinanced fingerprints. 4.6. the transfer of National Post operator may allow to place references or annexes, on the basis of national law. 4.7. Printed matter made so that their content is protected, but at the same time it is possible to quickly and easily check. The Member State or the transfer of national post operator, the appropriate conditions. 4.8. the operator may authorize the conclusion of most printed matter, issuing a permit for this purpose for users who request it. In this case, the permit number is provided under references "Imprim ' (printed matter) or" a tax of reduit Imprim ' (printed at reduced tariff). 4.9. the transfer of the designated country of Consignment operators can also allow to conclude all printed matter, without that authorization, if the internal service is not provided by the special conditions of conclusion. 4.10. the printed matter can be inserted into a sealed plastic package (transparent or opaque) according to the Member State or the designated operator's conditions of the sender. 4.11. Closed printed matter can be opened to verify the contents of the consignment. 5. Post the blind 5.1. Post the blind include letters that are written by using Braille, passed down not shut, and plates that are blind symbols used, as described in the following: 5.1.1 correspondence, printed matter of any format, including sound recordings, if received or send a blind or blind person; 5.1.2. any type of equipment and materials, designed or modified to help the blind to overcome difficulties associated with blindness, including such items as special custom CD, Braille machines, Braille watches, white cane and recording hardware, if it receives or sends a blind or blind person. 5.2. the Post of public service of designated operators are allowed as postings to blind to accept the consignment of such shall be the internal service. 5.3. consignments blind made it to their content should be protected, but at the same time so that you can quickly and easily check. 5.4. the designated operators require their customers to consignments intended for the blind, the side that contains the recipient's address, attach a clearly visible white label with the following symbol: 6. Small packages. 6.1. in the case of small packages side indicating the address, as close as possible to the upper left edge of the case under the sender's name and address in bold indicate the phrase "Petit Paquet" (small packages) or the appropriate phrase in a language that is known in the country of destination. Specify the sender's address on the outside of the shipment is required. 6.2. you are allowed to put in that post in another document that has a current and private correspondence. However, these documents should not be sent to another recipient as well as those may not send another sender, one it that sends small packets. In addition, the following documents must be authorized in the Member State concerned or the designated operator's internal rules. The transfer of national post operator decide whether the attached document or documents comply with those conditions. It provides for other conditions that may be useful in connection with the permitted attachments. 6.3. Of small packages does not set specific conditions of conclusion; the post, which is the relevant indication can be opened to verify its contents. 6.4. the operators of small packages can use one barcode identifier that match UP for the S10, the technical standard for the purposes of cross-border customs electronic notifications. But the existence of such identification does not imply that ensures delivery confirmation service. The identifier must be displayed on the front of the parcel, and it must not obscure the other CMSs, label or address data. 7. M bags. 7.1. Some other items may also accept M bags, if the following conditions are met: 7.1.1. items (disks, tapes and cassettes, product samples that are sent to the manufacturer or dealer, as well as other customs tax free commercial mailings or informational materials that are not intended for resale) shall affix or otherwise combined with the corresponding printed materials; 7.1.2. items are associated only with printed matter with which it is transmitted; 7.1.3. the weight of each consignment, containing objects with printed matter, not exceeding two kilograms; 7.1.4. M bags add CN or CN 23 customs 22 a declaration prepared by the sender under RL 156. paragraph 4 of the rules. 7.2. Recipient address points to each printed packages, which inserted the M bag and is sent to one recipient on the same address. 7.3. the bag shall be affixed to each M rectangular address tag, which shall be prepared by the sender and which contains all of the information associated with the recipient. Address tag made of sufficiently strong canvas, cardboard, plastic, parchment or paper that is glued to the tree, and to tag affixed to the hook. Tag must not be less than 90 x140 mm (tolerance 2 mm). 7.4. the total amount of the pre-financing on the M bag pointing to the address tag attached to the bag. 7.5. in agreement with the country of destination, selected print packs may also be accepted as the bag, if not M put into the bag. The following parcels next to the recipient's address very clearly indicate the letter m. information about the content on the post (CN 22/CN 23). 7.6. the designated operators can use one bag M barcode identifier that match UP for the S10, the technical standard for the purposes of cross-border customs electronic notifications. However, the existence of such identification does not imply that ensures delivery confirmation service. The identifier must be displayed on the front of the parcel, and it must not obscure the other CMSs, label or address data. 8. mail vairumsūtījum. 8.1. the shipment shall be considered a mail vairumsūtījum in the following cases: 8.1.1. If the same or depeš one day when you are designing a number of depeš, 1 500 or more have been released for shipment, which passed one of the sender; 8.1.2. If two weeks one sender has passed 5 000 or more. 8.2. in accordance with the provisions of this article on the mail sender vairumsūtījum considers a person or organization that the post actually passed. 8.3. where necessary, the sender can be identified using the common post signs or by writing on the consignment reference (for example, the return address, name, surname/name, sender's name and the stamp, a postal permit number, etc.). 127. pantsPrioritāt or transport RL specify how 1. If between the Member States of the selected operators specifically agreed to consignments in transit and destination countries in the designated operator are considered priority mail or airmail parcels, deploys a special Blue label or the same or black stamp, if it is allowed in the designated operator, indicating the sender's words "Prioritair" (priority) or "The avion" (By airmail). Where necessary, references can be written by hand, using capital letters, or with a typewriter, as well as to translate the post service of the National Edition. That label, fingerprint, or a statement with the words "Prioritair" or "About" placed at the side of avion, which address the article as closely as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is specified. 2. The words "Prioritair" (priority) or "The avion" (By airmail) and other notes related to the priority or air strikes on two thick lines, if the consignment is not sending, by the most rapid means. 3. transfer of National Post operator may determine that it is necessary to highlight the priority and not land. 128. pantsSpeciāl packaging in RL 1. Glass or other fragile items packed in a sturdy box, filled with the appropriate protective material. Prevents friction during transport or impact between the same objects and between the objects and the box walls. 2. Liquids and substances which easily flowing, inserts completely impervious container. Each container shall insert the special durable box that contains the appropriate protective material in the event of breakage of the dish absorbs liquid. The box lid is fastened so that it cannot be easy to open. 3. Greasy substances which easily flowing, such as ointments, soaps, resins dry etc. and silkworm eggs, which causes some problems, a separate package inserts (box, fabric or plastic bag, etc.), which are then placed in a box that is strong enough to prevent leakage of contents. 4. Dry the powdery substance not like Blue aniline etc. substances only accept completely tight metal box, which in turn placed in a sturdy box, if between the two dishes are placed in the absorbent and protective material. 5. Dry the powdered substance not not placed durable packaging (box, bag). This package places a sealed, solid box. 6. the Life of the bees, flies belonging to the family drozofil, leeches and parasites inserts a box designed to prevent any hazards. 7. packaging is not required one-piece items such as wood, metal, etc.-material pieces that are normally not packed in trade. In this case, the recipient address must point to the same object. 129. RL pantsSūtījum envelopes with transparent inset 1. Mailing envelopes with a clear address Gore accepted, if the following conditions are met: 1. the inset is located on a smooth side of an envelope that does not fold the edge of the envelope in aizlīmēšan; 1.2. the panels made of such material and so that through it you can easily read the address; 1.3. is the rectangular inset. Inset long edge placed parallel to the longest side of the envelope. The recipient address is placed in the same direction. But for C 4 format (229 x 324 mm) post or similar format post designated operators can allow the transparent panels to be positioned crosswise so that the longer side should be parallel to the short edge of the envelope; Example: all the edges of the inset 1.4 exactly glued to the inner edges of the opening in the envelope. For this purpose, provides for a sufficient distance between the envelope and the bottom edge of the sides and the edges of the inset; 1.5. mailing address is the only information that is visible through Gore, or that address clearly stands out on the rest of the information in the background, if the Panel is visible also through other information; 1.6. the panels located on the envelope is enough kalendārzīmog to taxation; 1.7. content of the fold so that through inset address is completely visible, even if the content of the consignment envelopes inside move. 2. consignments in the envelopes, which is completely transparent, it can be assumed if the envelope surface is made so that the mail does not arise during processing complications. On the external surface of the consignment is securely glued to the label that is large enough to place the recipient's address, pay and service instructions. Shipments in envelopes that have opened liner, not accepted. 3. transfer of the designated country of Consignment operators may accept envelopes that contain two or more transparent inset. Inset, which is intended for specifying the address of the recipient must comply with paragraph 1, the conditions set out in. The other Panel subject to conditions for the 1.2, 1.4, 1.6 and 1.7 in.. RL 130. pantsStandartizēt consignments 1. Rectangular parcels considered standardized small letters (P) format packages, if the length is not less than the width multiplied by the ö 2 (approx. 1.4). These consignments comply with the following conditions: 1.1. minimum size 90 x 140 mm; 1.2. maximum dimensions: 165 x 245 mm, 1.3 maximum weight: 100 g. 1.4. maximum thickness-5 mm 1.5. letter concluded, totally seal the edge of the fold of the envelope, and the envelope address written on a smooth side, which is not the edge of the fold; 1.6. the address written in the rectangular area located at least: – 40 mm from the top edge of the envelope (tolerance 2 mm) to 15 mm from the right, 15 mm from the bottom edge and up to 140 mm from the right edge; 1.7. The side indicating the address, postage stamp and affixing or delete fingerprints made for the rectangular area where the lower edge of the 40 mm (tolerance 2 mm) from the top edge of the envelope and the left edge of the 74 mm from the right edge of the envelope. This area in the upper right corner of the glue postage stamps and made prints of labelling. 2. the requirements specified in paragraph 1 shall also apply to shipments in envelopes with transparent inset, with the General conditions of acceptance referred to in article 129 of the RL. Transparent inset the intended recipient's address must be at least:-40 mm from the top edge of the envelope (tolerance 2 mm); -15 mm from the right; -15 mm from the left; -15 mm from the bottom edge. 2.1. Around the panels must not be colored line or frame. Service instructions can be placed just above the recipient's address. 3. Any information or any guidance, irrespective of their nature, may be located in the following locations: 3.1 under addresses; 3.2. to the right of the address and the tagging and deletion area to the lower edge of the consignment; 3.3. to the left of the address space that is at least 15 mm wide, starting with the first line of the address and ending with the bottom edge of the consignment; 3.4. the area is 15 mm high, starting with the bottom edge of the consignment, and 140 mm long, starting with the right edge of the consignment; This area can be partly identical to the above areas. 4. the rectangular parcels considered standardized large format letter (G) post, if not standardized in small format (P) consignment of letters and if they meet the following conditions: 4.1 the minimum dimensions: 90 x 140 mm; 4.2. maximum size: 305 x 381 mm; 4.3. maximum weight: 500 g; 4.4. the maximum thickness: 20 mm. 5. Standardized shipments shipments may be accepted in the form of a card with dimensions not larger than 120 x 235 mm, if they are made of thick cardboard, enough to be rigid and easily withstand handling. 6. the following shall not be regarded as standardized items: 6.1. pārlokām card; 6.2 the consignments which are closed using the clamps, metal eyelets or hook-fastener; 6.3. the punch cards, which sends the open form (no envelope); 6.4. consignments which the envelopes are made of a material that physical characteristics quite different from the paper properties (excluding materials used for the manufacture of the inset envelopes); 6.5. packages containing items that creates projections; 6.6. pārlokām shipments that are sent in an open form (no envelope) and which have not been closed on all sides, and mailings that are not strong enough to withstand mechanical processing. 131. pantsIzņēmum, RL assumed dangerous products of exception 1 is allowed to accept such hazardous products: 1.1. RL article 132 (1) the radioactive materials referred to send correspondence via letters and postal parcels; 1.2. RL 132. in paragraph 2 of article that infectious substances that send correspondence via letters and postal parcels; 1.3. RL article 132 referred to Li-elements and batteries sent correspondence letters and postal consignments. 132. RL pantsRadioaktīv, infectious substances, and lithium cells and batteries permitted to accept radioactive materials 1 is allowed to accept consignments and correspondence letters mailing packages in relations between Member States, which have declared their readiness to accept mutually or in one direction only under the following conditions: 1.1. radioactive materials are prepared and packaged according to the relevant rules of procedure; 1.2. If they are sent in consignments, correspondence letters apply priority mailing of letters of the tariff or tariff; 1.3. radioactive materials that are placed in correspondence of letters or postal consignments, send in the fastest way, usually by airmail, applying them to the air papildtarif; 1.4. radioactive materials to send to pass may be authorized senders only. 2. Infectious substances, except category A infectious substances to which humans (and 2814) and acting on the animals (and 2900), allowed to send letters to accept consignments of correspondence or postal packages, subject to the following conditions: 2.1. infectious substances in category B (and 3373) can send and receive mail only officially recognised senders, which are recognised by the relevant competent authority. These dangerous goods may be accepted for sending by mail, subject to applicable national and international law and the United Nations recommendations on the transport of dangerous products in the current edition, which has versions of the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO). 2.2. Category B infectious substances (and 3373) must be processed, packaged and labelled in accordance with the requirements laid down in the rules of procedure of the correspondence of letters and packages by mail. These shipments apply priority shipment tariff or tariff of letters typed. On this post processing is allowed to claim the bonus. 2.3. the samples taken from the patient (human or animal) you can send and receive mail only officially recognized senders, which are recognised by the relevant competent authority. This material can be accepted for sending by mail, subject to applicable national and international law and the United Nations recommendations on the transport of dangerous products in the current edition, which has versions of the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO). 2.4. the samples taken from the patient (human or animal) must be processed, packaged and labelled in accordance with the requirements laid down in the rules of procedure of the correspondence of letters. These shipments apply priority shipment tariff or tariff of letters typed. On this post processing is allowed to claim the bonus. 2.5. Infectious substances and samples taken from patients (human or animal) may adopt only those Member States who have declared their willingness to accept such consignments or in one direction only. 2.6. The permitted substances and from infectious patients observed samples (human or animal) in the fastest way, usually by air, applying them and the air supply papildtarif, they take precedence. 3. correspondence of letters and postal consignments of packages allowed to take up to four lithium elements or two lithium batteries installed in equipment, subject to the following conditions: 3.1. Lithium content or lithium lithium metal alloy element must not be greater than 1 g, and for a lithium-ion element Watt-hour capacity must not exceed 20th Wh. 3.2 lithium content or lithium metal batteries the lithium-alloy must not be greater than 2 g and the lithium-ion batteries Watt-hour capacity must not exceed 100 Wh. Under this provision the lithium-ion batteries on the outer hull indicates Watt-hour capacity. 3.3. Equipment set elements and batteries must be protected against damage and short circuit, and the equipment must be equipped with effective protective equipment against accidental actuation; If lithium batteries are installed in equipment, they must be packed in a strong outer container made of appropriate materials that possess adequate strength and design in relation to the packaging capacity and intended use, unless these batteries do not ensure equivalent protection of the equipment in which they are installed. 3.4. any type of element, and the batteries must comply with the requirements of the inspections referred to in the United Nations Manual of tests and criteria, part III, subsection 3 of section 38. 133. RL pantsNosacījum on how reasonable and labelled items, with patients (humans or animals) samples taken from patients 1 (humans or animals) samples shall be taken, as defined in the United Nations recommendations on the transport of dangerous preparations [United Nations recommendations on the transport of dangerous goods] (ST/SG/AC10 location/1), adopted in accordance with the conditions set out below. 2. samples taken from patients is a sample, for which there is minimal likelihood of the presence of pathogens, which are packaged so as to prevent leakage, and that in that case, marked in English or French, "the Main human specimen Echantillon exempté" human rights "/" (from the man checked out the sample) or "Main animal specimen"/"Echantillon animal exempté" (taken from an animal model). 2.1. The packaging must meet the following conditions: 2.1.1. packaging must have three components: 2.1.2.-(s) primary (s) on the container (s); 2.1.3.-(s) (s) secondary packaging (s); 2.1.4. and mass and capacity, for the purpose of adequate strength to the external packaging of which at least one surface minimum size 100 mm x 100 mm. is 2.2. for liquids (s) between the primary container (s) and the secondary packaging must place sufficient liquid absorbent material to transport liquid spill the liquid does not reach the outer packaging and will not reduce the integrity of the damping material. 2.3. If one of the secondary package inserts multiple fragile primary containers, they are either packaged separately, or be separated so that these vessels are not likely to encounter. 134. RL pantsInfekcioz substances and the conditions of acceptance of shipment labelling 1. substances which are infectious or for which there is a reasonable suspicion that they may infect people or animals, and which corresponds to category B (and 3373) infectious substances criteria shall be declared under the name "biological substance, category B". 2. the sender who sends infectious substances with identification number and 3373, ensure that consignments are prepared so that they arrive at their destination in good condition and that the substance is packaged in accordance with packing instructions 650. as specified in the technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous products transport by air [Technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous goods by Air] (hereinafter referred to as the technical instructions) in the current edition of the published by the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO), or hazardous products regulations [dangerous goods regulations] (BPR) the current edition, published by the international air transport Association (IATA). Further information is set out in packing instruction 650. corresponding to the ICAO technical instructions for the 2007/2008 Edition. Mailers must use the ICAO technical instructions, the latest edition to the packing instructions 650. before use check the validity of the text. 3. the packaging must be of good quality, strong enough to withstand the shocks and loads that are common during transport, including transhipment between transport units and between transport units and warehouses as well as any removal from a pallet or removal of the outer container for further mechanical movement or move by hand. Package must be created and must be closed so as to prevent any loss of contents in normal conditions of carriage, which can occur due to vibrations or temperature, humidity or pressure changes. 4. The package has three components: 4.1 the primary container; 4.2. secondary packaging; 4.3. and strong outer package. 5. The primary container shall be packed in secondary packaging so that, under normal conditions of transport, they cannot break, be it content not puncture or escape in the secondary packaging. Secondary packaging must be secured in an outer packaging with the application of damping material. Content leaks never wane or amortisation outer packaging integrity. 6. for the purpose of further Transportation represented the marking must be placed on the outer packaging of the outer surface, which is a contrasting background color, and must be clearly visible and legible. The label must be in the form of squares, placed in a 45 degree angle (diamond) with an edge length of at least 50 mm line width must be at least 2 mm and the letters and numbers to a height of at least 6 mm. On the outer packaging adjacent to the diamond-shaped marking must affix the mark to the goods being transported: the name "biological substance, category B", "diagnostic specimens" or "clinical specimen" and letter height must be at least 6 mm. 7. At least one surface of the outer packaging the minimum size of 100 mm x 100 mm is 8. Completed package must be able withstand test of falling for the ICAO technical instructions, except that the height of drop shall not be less than 1.2 m. 9. for liquids: 9.1 primary (s) on the container (s) must be liquid-tight (s), and it (they) must not be more than one litre of fluid; 9.2. the secondary packaging must be liquid-tight; 9.3. where the secondary packaging inserts multiple fragile primary containers, they must be either packaged separately, or be separated so that these vessels are not likely to encounter; 9.4. between the primary (above-mentioned) container (s) and the secondary packaging must place the absorbent material. Absorbent material in sufficient quantity to be inserted, to transport liquid spill the liquid does not reduce the external packaging and on the integrity of the damping materials; 9.5. the primary or the secondary packaging container must be able to withstand a 95 kPa great internal pressure without leakage; 9.6. the outer packaging shall not contain more than four litres of liquid. This amount does not include the ice or dry ice used to be in the cold. 10. For solid substances: 10.1 the primary container (s) (s) must be secure (s) against the scattering, and it (they) must not exceed the mass of the outer packaging; 10.2. the secondary packaging must be safe against spillage; 10.3. If one of the secondary package inserts multiple fragile primary containers, they must be either packaged separately, or be separated so that these vessels are not likely to encounter; 10.4. except for packages containing body parts, organs or whole bodies, outer packaging content must not exceed four kilograms of solid substances. This amount does not include the ice or dry ice used to sample in the cold; 10.5. where there is doubt as to whether the primary container during transport can be composed of the remaining liquid, then you must use the appropriate packaging for liquids, including absorbent materials. 11. in the case of chilled or frozen samples (ice, dry ice and liquid nitrogen): 11.1. when dry ice or liquid nitrogen is used to sample in the cold, must comply with all applicable requirements of the ICAO technical instructions. If using dry ice or liquid nitrogen, it must be placed outside the secondary packaging or the outer packaging, or outer containers. Provided with internal pillars to secondary packaging remains in its original position after the ice or dry ice to melt. If using ice, external packaging or the outer packaging must be tight. If you use the solid carbon dioxide (dry ice), the package must be made and designed so that the escape of carbon dioxide gas and the accumulated pressure that can rupture the packaging; 11.2. the primary and secondary packaging, on the container must be able to maintain their integrity in cooler temperatures used, as well as temperature and pressure, which can occur if the coolant does not happen. 12. If the package is placed in the outer packaging, the ICAO packing instruction 650 in the specified packaging labels either must be clearly visible, or will they again deployed on the outer container. 13. the infectious substances with identification number and 3373 which are packed and marked in accordance with packing instruction No ICAO. 650, not subject to other requirements referred to in this article as one of the following: 13.1. written document (for example, CN 38 cover letter) or on the packaging of the goods concerned must be indicated in the title, and the number and name of responsible person, address, and phone number; 13.2. to comply with the ICAO technical instructions 2.6.3.2. classification envisaged in subparagraph; 13.3. to comply with the ICAO technical instructions provided for in paragraph 7.4.4. requirements relating to the reporting of incidents, and 13.4. the ICAO technical instructions and in paragraph 7.3.1.4.7.3.1.3. the requirements for the verification of damage and leaks. 14. for each of the packages could properly prepare for transportation, packaging manufacturers and subsequent distributors must provide unambiguous instructions to the consignor or to the person who prepares the package (e.g. patient) for this filling and sealing of packages. 15. Other dangerous articles must not be packed in the same container in which packed 6.2 infectious substances of sub-group, unless they are necessary to ensure the viability of infectious substances, stability or prevent their degradation, or counteract the risks. Each primary container that contains infectious substances, allowed to pack a maximum of 30 ml 3, 8 or 9. class of dangerous products. If this small quantity hazardous product is packaged with infekciozaj substances in accordance with the ICAO packing instructions, the other requirements set out in this article need not apply. 16. If cooling uses the solid carbon dioxide (dry ice): 16.1. packaging requirements must be observed for 904. packing instructions as set out in the ICAO technical instructions or the IATA Dangerous goods regulations in force. In addition to packing instruction 650. requirements for mailers must also comply with the requirements for the marking and labels used on the packaging, kuo is solid carbon dioxide (dry ice); 16.2. in the case of the air transport document prepared under the ICAO technical instructions or the IATA Dangerous goods regulations. In addition, CN 38 this consignment cover letter to the following: "hazardous products that are listed in the attached statement of departure". 16.3. Tar, which is the only infectious substances and bearing a special sticker "and 3373 ", postal authorities to transfer the sealed containers to airlines. RL 135. pantsRadioaktīv material containing the conditions of acceptance of consignments and labelling 1. Radioactive material consignments containing that content and design meets the provisions of the International Atomic Energy Agency, mail transport must be adopted when it previously has agreed to the country of destination, the competent authority and where radioactivity is not greater than one-tenth of allow rules, as stated in the IAEA TS-R-1 current edition of table 3 (radioactivity standards for individual shipments). 2. On the external packaging of shipments that contain radioactive materials, the sender places the label below the relevant UN number. In addition to the name and address of the sender in bold indicate the request in the case of delivery not to send back the shipment. 3. sender of the internal packaging shall indicate their name and address and the contents of the consignment. 4. If the empty packaging returned to post the transfer site, the label must be clearly barred. RL 136. pantsTād correspondence letters mailing acceptance conditions that have set up plants, lithium cells and batteries 1. Letter correspondence shipments, containing equipment installed lithium metal or lithium ion cells and batteries must be packaged in accordance with packing instruction, 967. Title II (lithium ion cells and batteries), or 970. packing instructions, section II (lithium metal cells and batteries), as specified in the technical instructions for the safe transport of dangerous products by air (technical instructions) in the current edition of the published by the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO). Mailers must use the ICAO technical instructions, the latest edition. 2. it is prohibited to carry such equipment installed for lithium metal or lithium ion batteries and that is damaged or where security is identified by its manufacturer defects, or which may cause a dangerous heat discharge, short circuit or fire. 5. nodaļaPapildpakalpojum, RL pantsIerakstīt items 137.1. correspondence Letters mailing can be sent as registered consignments according to article 15 of the Convention, the provisions of subparagraph 1.1. 2. For registered mail paid before the transfer. The fee consists of a set of postal tariff and tariff for the recording, which the indicative maximum amount is 1.31 SDR. The designated operators for each record M bag instead, to charge on consignment, charged total fee, which must not be more than five times the fees for shipment. 3. If there is a need for specific security measures, the designated operators from sender or recipient in addition to the fees referred to in paragraph 2, may charge a special fee provided for by the legislation concerned. 4. acceptance. 4.1. specific conditions with respect to registered mail form, sealing or address is not the way intended. 4.2. Recording does not accept consignments for which the address is written with a pencil or in any other way, if the address it is possible to delete or if it contains the initials only. However, the address on the mailing you can write with a pencil, with the exception of chemical shipments that are sent to the envelope with a transparent Panel. 4.3. Is the sender of the shipment at the time of the transfer receipt shall be issued free of charge. 5. marking and processing of shipments. 5.1. To record shipments clear bold deploys "Recommandé" (recorded) that accompanied, where appropriate, a similar reference to transfer of consignment in the national language. This indication is not compulsory if the registered post is CN 04 sticker that contains a printed letter "R". 5.2. All successful operators to all outgoing shipments recorded point barcode. The following requirements must be met. 5.2.1. each registered post used for identification of the single CN 04 label with a unique identifier that a consignment meets the requirements of 13 symbol identifiers referred to the technical standard of the S10. Consignment identification code in both easy-to-read, both in the form of a bar code, as set out in the relevant standard. 5.2.2. the designated operators may bilaterally agree on the unique identificētāj of the consignment and the use of bar codes, which are used in connection with international record shipments. 5.3. the label and "Recommandé" (recorded) located on the side which address the article as closely as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is specified. If this way is sending a postcard, then the references sited above the address, so that the address should read. In the case of the M bag registered CN 04 label carefully glued to the sender tags, files on which the specified address. 5.4. any transfer of the designated National Post operator shall ensure that the recorded shipments correspond to the above rules. You must correct any deficiencies in the notice before the dispatch of the consignment to the country of destination. 5.5. interim national operators for recorded delivery front sticker or serial number is not deployed. 5.6. Delivery or transfer of registered mail, the designated operator of the supplier to the recipient is asked to sign a receipt or other proof of receipt. In addition to the signature indicates a first and last name, also written in capital letters, or used in a clear and legible indication that can clearly identify the person who has signed up. 5.7. In addition, the designated operators is highly recommended to implement appropriate systems that prepare the electronic delivery, supporting data, and agree with the relevant consignment transfer of national operators of such a data exchange. 5.8. The designated operators, which have established a system that prepares an electronic confirmation of delivery, have the right to use these systems for electronic signatures to the designated operator certified sender in a separate shipment delivery if the designated operator of the sender it has requested, through the CN 08 request form. Electronic delivery confirmation data after the designated operator's discretion, the supplier may be provided electronically (by e-mail) or in hard copy form.
Size: 74 x 26 mm, the letter "R" and "line under the serial number on a red or black in color, if it is allowed to transfer of national post operator rules RL 138. pantsApdrošināt items With priority 1 and the letters, which are securities valuable documents or objects can be exchanged, if their content is insured for a certain value of the sender. The following may be exchanged between designated operators declared a willingness to accept such consignments either mutually, or only in one direction. 2. The sum insured. 2.1. in General, the size of the sum insured is not limited. Each Member State or the designated operator, as far as it can restrict the sum insured, but it may not be lower than SDR 4000 or an amount that is at least equal to the amount of domestic services adopted, if it is less than 4000 SDR. Domestic services for the sum insured applies only if it is equal to the compensation for the loss of the consignment or recorded more than that. 2.2. the relations between the Member States or the designated operators have adopted different maximum sum insured, both parties followed the lowest limit. 2.3. The sum insured must not be greater than the actual value of the contents of the shipment, but is allowed to insure only part of those values. Cover documents whose value is determined depending on the preparation costs, shall not exceed the cost of replacement of documents, which would cause it to lose. 2.4. fraudulent insurance for an amount greater than the actual value of the contents of the consignment may be the basis for litigation for the transfer of consignments in national law. 2.5. The sum insured expressed in the national currency of the transfer of consignments. The consignor or his representative the Latin alphabet and Arabic numerals indicate the above mailing address; It must not contain erasures or corrections, even if they are certified. The sum insured may not write with a pencil or indelible pencil. 2.6. the sender or mailing the transfer of national post authority cover converts the SDR. The result of the conversion in the case of rounded to the nearest value, and its numerical value specifies the next value, expressed in the national currency of the transfer of consignments, or below it. This conversion does not make direct shipments between countries using the same currency. 2.7. If for some reasons or because of statements made by interested parties is found fraudulent insurance for an amount greater than the actual value of the consignment, the consignment shall be informed immediately of the transfer operator of the selected country. The notification shall be accompanied by all documents used as evidence in the investigation. If the post is not yet delivered to the recipient, the transfer of national post operator can request that it is sent back. 3. the tariff. The maximum amount. 3.1. Insured shipments to be paid before the transfer. The fee consists of a postal tariff, the tariff for the recording, set in article 137, the RL and the tariff for the insurance. 3.1.1. in the tariff Set about recording the place designated operators can charge the fee set for internal services, or in exceptional cases a fee that the indicative amount is 3.27 SDR. 3.1.2. Indicative of the insurance tariff is SDR for each 0.33 65.34 SDR sum insured or parts or 0.5% of the sum insured of the scale. This tariff is determined independently of the country of destination even in countries that are committed to offer the force majeure risk coverage. 3.2. If there is a need for specific security measures, the designated operators from the sender or recipient, in addition to the amounts of the tariff referred to in 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 above. may charge a special fee provided for in national law. 4. The designated operators have the right to provide customers with shipment insurance services under the rules other than those provided for in this article. 5. acceptance. 5.1. the operators shall take the necessary measures to post insurance service, if possible, be provided in every post office in the country. 5.2. To insure consignments are accepted at the post office, they must meet the conditions set out below. 5.2.1. the Insured shipments are presented so that content is inaccessible, leaving no evident damage to the package or envelope, clasp, and its conclusion, through effective means, such as high-quality adhesive tape, which was made according to a uniform model or bearing the stamp of the sender. However, the designated operators can agree that such samples or stamp is required. In this case, the transfer of the designated country of consignment operators on the adhesive tape or the mailing label of the edge of the conclusion of some mail to not be able to make corrections. If the transfer of consignments of designated operators in the countries it is allowed by the rules, then they recommend clients use envelopes that are designed to insure the consignment for dispatch. Insured shipment shipment prohibited the use of self-adhesive envelopes that are not secure against forgery. 5.2.2. Not adopt transparent envelopes or packages, and/or the envelopes with one or more transparent inset. 5.2.3. Notwithstanding 5.2.1) (designated operators may require the insured items are made with the same wax seal, lead seals or other effective means, which are made according to a uniform model or on which the sender's stamp. 5.2.4. the operators who do not comply with the rules laid down in point 5.2.1 and 5.2.3., and insured shipments sent without stamps or seals, do not have the right to receive remuneration according to the sum insured, if the shipment is lost, stolen or damaged. With such consignments are treated as record shipments and those concerned about the cost. 5.2.5. Signs indicating the postage for sending payment, and mail service and other official service stickers placed in a way that they can not use envelopes or packaging damage for concealment. Postage stamps and labels may not stick so that they rest on two of the envelopes or packaging the parties settle a edge. Consignments are prohibited from applying the labels that are not related to postal services or official services which can be provided for interventions in accordance with the delivery of a transfer of State law. 5.2.6. If the consignments cross wrapped with cords, and closes, as described in point 5.2.1, the string itself is not to cover. 5.3. Consignments which externally look like boxes must comply with the additional conditions set out below. 5.3.1. they must be made of wood, metal, plastic, or other strong material and sufficient strength. 5.3.2. Wooden boxes wall a minimum thickness of 8 mm. 5.3.3. To the top and the lower surface is white paper on which specifies the recipient's address, the sum insured and affix the official seal prints. These boxes sealed four sides, as described in point 5.2.1. To ensure privacy, if necessary, the boxes can cross dress it with durable string that is not a node. Both are connected by a line with a wax seal that is made according to a uniform model or to which is the sender's stamp. 5.4. Insured shipment to the sender of the receipt issued at the time of the transfer, free of charge. 5.5. The fact that the post is paid for, you can specify with the indication that it is fully paid, for example, with the phrase "Tax a perçu" (fee charged). This pointer placed on the top right part of the consignment at the side that indicate the address and authenticated using post transfer national postal authorities kalendārzīmog footprint. 5.6. Does not accept consignments, if an address is given only initials, or if the address is written with a pen, as well as if the address is deletions or corrections. Such consignments that are not properly accepted, returned to the post of national post transfer of authority. 6. marking and processing of shipments. 6.1. To insure consignments placed CN 06 label bearing the letter "V", which features a Roman type and serial number. 6.2. To post exactly the weight in grams. 6.3. CN 06 label and indication of the weight placed on the side where the article's address, as close as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is specified. 6.4. the designated operators, however, CN 06 label can be replaced by CN 04 label specified in article 5.2 LV 137, and small pink colors, bold labels depicting the words "déclaré Valeur" (insured). 6.5. The side indicating the address, to the imprint of the stamp, which shows the transfer shipment, the name and date of the transfer. 6.6. The interim designated operators on the front side of the consignment sequential number will not deploy. 6.7. rear of each consignment to destination postal authority imposes a stamp indicating the date of receipt. 6.8. Delivery or transfer of the insured in the form of correspondence, mailing, the designated operator of the supplier to the recipient is asked to sign the receipt, or other proof of receipt. In addition to the signature indicates a first and last name, also written in capital letters, or used in a clear and legible indication that can clearly identify the person who has signed up. 6.9. in addition, the designated operators can implement the system that electronically prepare supply supporting data, and agree with the relevant consignment transfer of national operators of such a data exchange. 6.10. The designated operators, which have established a system that prepares an electronic confirmation of delivery, have the right to use these systems for electronic signatures to the designated operator certified sender in a separate shipment delivery if the designated operator of the sender it has requested, through the CN 08 request form. Electronic delivery confirmation data after the designated operator's discretion, the supplier may be provided electronically (by e-mail) or print copies.
139. RL pantsSūtījum in arrears 1. Individual correspondence letters mailing can be sent with the arrears. To be able to send and receive messages with arrears, transfer and shipment destination country designated operators must be agreed beforehand. These designated operators may agree to apply the agreement on postal payment services, rules and regulations. 2. Acceptable mailings. 2.1. On the basis of bilateral agreements, with arrears can send recorded items, and insured shipments which comply with the conditions of this rule. 2.2. the successful operators are entitled to services with arrears limited to separate the above mailing categories. 3. the tariff. 3.1. the referral, the Member State of Consignment or the designated operator is free to determine the tariff that you pay in addition to sender mail tariffs applicable for the mailing category. 4. the duties of the sender's postal authorities. 4.1. Instructions, which must be on consignment in arrears. Labels. Consignments in arrears on the side showing the address clearly visible places "Remboursemen" (Arrears) (COD) indicates the amount of the arrears. In addition to the ones on the side indicating the address, as close as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this is the case, the glued label Orange corresponding to the CN label model 29. But the operators selected references can be provided through the label. 29ba CNS 4.2. If possible, CN labels 29 top corner should be glued CN 04 RL sticker referred to in article 137 paragraph 5.2 (or imposing special seal in its place). 4.3. every consignment with arrears adds MP 1 bis form or any other form in which the designated operators agreed; This form is used in mail sending a payment order to the sender in Exchange for the package with the arrears. 5. country of destination post offices. 5.1. The designated operator, which is supplied by the recipient of the parcel, MP issued a form mail 1 bis of the order for payment in Exchange for a parcel for shipment in arrears or uses any other means on which the designated operators agreed and issued to the sender of the mail. 6. Transfer. 6.1. Any mail, what to pay arrears, can be transferred if the following service is provided in the new country of destination designated by the operator in their relations with the State of the transfer shipment.
RL 140. pantsEksprespast mailing 1. sender's correspondence of letters of request messages to be sent to the country in which the operator has chosen the service, supplied as a domestic priority. 2. the tariff. 2.1. the express consignments in addition to postal rates of tariff on the consignment, which may not be less than the amount of pay on record a priority/priority shipment or in case of no record the first weight step of the letter, and this is indicative of the amount of the tariff 1.63 SDR. The designated operators for each express M bag instead, to charge on consignment, charged total fee, which must not be more than five times the the charges for delivery. This amount is to be paid in full before the transfer. 3. labelling. 3.1. To express shipments put special red printed label. System-generated labels you can use a black and white image. If possible, use the form below the label. Express label "express" located on the side which address the article as closely as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is specified. 3.2. Express consignments shall affix a label in CN 05b is in bar code according to the technical standard of the STREAM S10. CN 05b the label must be properly attached, and positioned on the side where the article's address, as close as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is provided. If this way is sending a postcard, the label placed above the address, so that the address should read. 05b the CNS label is represented by one unique identifier that the consignment complies with the provisions of article 189 LV. 4. Post processing. 4.1. Outgoing express shipments using the bar code is required, the designated operators, therefore, it is highly recommended to implement appropriate systems for ensuring prior notice of electronic transmission, including information about the shipment, and delivery confirmation, and agree with the relevant consignment transfer of national operators of such a data exchange. 4.2. If it is intended for the designated operator of the country of destination, then it, providing express service this insured shipment place can deliver the notice of insured shipments. Size 74x26mm, pink on white RL 141.1. pantsPaziņojum of service for those designated operators, to customers as a service offered to send notice of issuance, type or insured shipment the sender may apply for this service at the time of the transfer of the consignment, paying the indicative amount is 0.98 SDR. This service sends him back along the quickest route (air or ground). 2. Post a notice on the labelling issue. 2.1. To consignments for which the sender has requested notification of issuance, on the side, showing the address in bold indicate the letters "A.R.". The outside of the parcel by the sender your name and address indicate the Latin alphabet. That, if placed on the side where the address of the article placed in the upper left corner. In that corner, as close as possible, also indicate the letters ' A.R. ', which can be located under the sender's name and address, if this information is provided. 2.2. the consignments referred to in point 2.1, add a light red CN 07 form that is the thickness of a postcard. The CN 07 form represent the letters "A.R.". The sender, using the Latin alphabet letters and any means except regular pencil, fill in the corresponding form. The front of the form fills in the service of the country of consignment mail or other postal authority which is commanded post transfer national operator, and form tightly fastened to a post. If the destination country postal authority receives the form, then this mail body automatically prepare a new statement on the issue. 2.3. Calculation of the cost of the consignment with the announcement of the service, including, where appropriate, the copies of the papildtarif, may take into consideration CN 07 form weight. Fee for the communication of service points to the post along with the other charges. 3. Notice of the handling of the issue. 3.1. Priority requires that notice of the signature of the recipient of the service or, if this is not possible, another person authorised to do so in accordance with the rules of the country of destination. If this is provided for in these rules and unless the shipment is transferred to the recipient personally, notice may be signed post transfer national postal authorities. In addition to the signature indicates a first and last name, also written in capital letters, or used in a clear and legible indication that can clearly identify the person who has signed up. 3.2. the destination country postal authority, duly completed and signed form back to the CNS 07 sender with the first post. These documents shall be sent by the public transit in the fastest route (air or ground). If the notice is sent back and the issue it is not duly completed, for non-compliance are reported using RL. paragraph 2 of article 154 provides the CN 08 form that adds to the statement on the issue. 3.3. If the sender requested information in connection with the communication on the issue, which has not received the usual time period, this notice requests free of charge using the CN 08 form. The duplicate of the notice of the issue to which the front in bold is the word "duplicate" (duplicate), add CN 08 request form. CN 08 form dealt with in accordance with RL to article 154. 4. the calculation of Costs 4.1 anyone designated operator, which shall send a notice of the issuance of (CN 07 form) other designated operator is entitled to charge the operator of this designated amount corresponding to the sending of the notice of the issue of costs. This amount is determined under the IBR calculation of costs specified in the LV article 144 points.
RL 142. pantsNogādāšan recipient personally 1. sender's request, and the relationship between the designated operators have consented thereto, to record shipments and insured shipments shall refer the recipient personally. The designated operators can agree that this service is provided only in connection with the shipment, which is attached to the notice of the issue. 2. In all cases, the fees for delivery to the addressee personally pay the sender, and this payment is indicative 0.16 SDR. 3. The labelling and handling of shipments, which are transferred to the recipient personally 3.1. consignments which are handed to the addressee, in bold indicate the words "À remettr en change resources (Transferable to the addressee in person) or the appropriate phrase in a language that is known in the country of destination. A reference placed on the side where the article's address, as close as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is provided. 3.2. If the sender has requested notification of service and putting the recipient personally, then CN 07 form signed by the addressee or, if this is not possible, the recipient's duly authorized representative. In addition to the signature also indicate the name and surname, written in block letters, or used in a clear and legible indication that can clearly identify the person who has signed up. 3.3. The designated operator mailing a second delivery attempt only if there is reason to believe that it will succeed, and if it is allowed in the designated operator's internal rules. 143. RL pantsSūtījum that recipient served without fee and fee charging 1. people using the application form for the transfer of consignments of the national post office, you can undertake to pay all fees and charges for the delivery of correspondence, letters, if the designated operators in this context, have expressed their consent. While the correspondence letters mailing recipient not issued after the transfer, the sender can request that the shipment recipient shall be issued, without any charges and fees. 2. the fee. 2.1. the sender undertakes to pay the amount that can be claimed by the destination country postal authority. If necessary, the sender made the temporary contribution. 2.2. any transfer of the designated National Post operator from the sender is charged a fee, which is indicative of 0.98 SDRs and a payment for consignment is like putting the services provided in the country. 2.3. On the request expressed by correspondence letters mailing the transfer, the transfer of the national operator also charged fees, which is indicative of the amount of SDR. 1.31 2.4. the designated operator of the country of destination shall be authorised to charge a fee, which is indicative of the SDR 0.98. This fee is charged regardless of the fees for shipment for customs presentation. The country of destination in the designated operator charged on behalf of the sender. 3. each designated operator may provide that the recipient, without charging a fee, and fees, only to be served and insured letters typed correspondence. 4. labelling and handling of shipments. 4.1. On items that the recipient be released without charge and fee collection, bold indicates "de France et de droit taxes" (no fee and fee charging) or similar claim transfer of consignment in the national language. These shipments placed a yellow sticker, which was written in bold type indicate "taxes et de droit de France". Write and label located on the side which address the article as closely as possible to the upper left corner, under the sender's name and address, if this information is provided. 4.2. each consignment shall be sent for delivery without charge and fee collection, add the CN 11 labelling receipt. The sender fills in the labelling of the consignment receipt of parts A and B on the right side of the front. Consignment transfer of State authority to write mail postal service. Sender records can be done using carbonless paper. The receipt shall indicate the commitment referred to in point 2.1. Receipt of the duly completed marking closely attached to the consignment. 4.3. the sender after the transfer of the consignment may be asked to post the recipient is provided without charge and the charge for charging. 4.3.1. If a request must be sent by post, then post the service of national postal authority shall so inform the post Office of the country of destination to get an explanation. The explanatory notes State previously charged the fee. The destination country postal authority will send it as registered mail via the fastest route (air or ground), adding a duly completed receipt of marking. The destination country postal authority on the mailing label on the label provided for in point 4.1. 4.3.2. If the request is to be transmitted using telecommunications, the post of the national postal service of the authority shall inform the post Office of the country of destination, through telecommunications, and simultaneously set out the relevant information on the shipment. Country of destination mail body automatically prepares the receipt of labelling. 5. Marking of part (A) shipping slip back. Fees and cost recovery. 5.1. After it is delivered to that recipient will be served without fee and fee collection, post body, sender's name has previously been paid in customs duties, fees and other charges, using carbonless paper, fill out the receipt of marking the second half of part A and B by typing the information relating to it. (A) by adding the supporting receipts, send the post service of the national postal authority; These documents shall be sent in a sealed envelope, without giving details on its content. (B) part of the reserves of the country of destination of the consignment operator chosen to make settlements with the selected operator customers. 5.2. However, all the designated operators may determine that the labelling on part (A) of the receipt of the fees charged by the sending back of selected postal authority and that the said part is sent for a particular postal authority. 5.3. the name of The post office to which the return receipt A part of marking, each time the destination country postal authority indicates that part of the front. 5.4. If the parcel on which the words "taxes et de droit de France" (no fee and fee collection), the service of the country of destination is received without the receipt, then marking the mail body that is responsible for customs clearance, prepare duplicate of the receipt; This slip it in parts A and B indicate the name of the country of the transfer of the parcel and, if possible, the date of the transfer. 5.5. If the receipt of labelling is lost after issuing a duplicate mailing, shall be drawn up in accordance with the conditions set out above. 5.6 marking receipts of parts A and B, which is associated with the mailing, which for some reason returned to the referral site, deletes the designated operator of the country of destination. 5.7. further to tagging slip A part that represents the country of destination of the service fees paid, the transfer of the national operator, the amount of the fee that converts your national currency. The rate used may not be greater than the rate determined in the relevant country for the postal money order. Conversion of results in the body of the form and indicate on the form side of the coupon. After the recovery of the amount of the fee charged for the purpose specified in the relevant postal authority transferred to the sender of the receipt of the coupon and the supporting vouchers. 6. Dealings with post transfer of national operators. 6.1. Settlement of customs duties, taxes and other fees that designated operators have paid a different designated operators, carried out using CN 12 monthly invoice accurately, which prepares each quarter the designated operator of the vendor, the calculations shall be carried out in their national currency. Labelling set out in part B of the receipt of the information that it has stored, records and arranged in alphabetical order according to the postal authorities who have committed payments, as well as a number of payment order. "Zero" bills does not prepare. 6.2. If the two designated operators involved with others also provides postal services and if they are not agreed on otherwise, the invoices for customs duties, fees and other charges may also include relevant information on the correspondence of letters. 6.3. CN 12 exact billing marking, accompanied by the receipt of part B, sends the selected operator to the customer not later than by the end of the month to which the invoice applies. "Zero" bills does not prepare. 6.4. Invoices pay separately. However, each designated operator may provide that those bills can pay with bills on postal money orders or invoices for 75 with CP postal parcels, not one of the bills do not include the other invoice. 144. pantsStarptautisk in the komerckorespondenc of the RL with paid response (IBR) 1. General provisions. 1.1. the designated operators can agree on mutual international komerckorespondenc with paid response (IBR) check service provision. However, all the designated operators are obliged to provide IBR "return" service. 1.2. International komerckorespondenc with paid response (IBR) purpose is to enable authorized senders to pay it in advance of the return of the consignment, which referred to by respondent resident abroad. 1.3. the designated operators, which provide this service, comply with the provisions set out below. 1.4. However, the designated operators may mutually agree on another system, which is used for the selected operator. 1.5. the designated operators can implement a compensation system, which takes into account the costs that they incurred. 2. Methods of operation. 2.1. IBR works as follows: 2.1.1. consignments to authorised consignor from the State "A" sent to respondents in one or in several countries, "B", is the IBR, card, envelope, or label; 2.1.2. respondents who live in the country (or countries) "B" can be used in the IBR envelopes, card stock or labels to send a reply to the sender; IBR shipments considered a priority mail or airmail delivery of simple, which are reimbursed in accordance with article 114 of the RL 2.1.4. section; 2.1.3. IBR placed post sent to State "A" and delivered to an authorized sender. 2.2. the operators shall be free to determine the rates and conditions for the use of that service and the post processing. 2.3. the designated operators, providing it can provide IBR, bilaterally or in one direction only (to provide only "return"). The latter procedure means that the country "B" designated operator accepts the IBR, but not shipment representations about the use of that service for customers living in the operator area. 2.4. the designated operators providing such services, mandate issued to customers to use the service, explains the obligation to comply with the provisions of this article and letter correspondence service manual. 3. post the specifications of the IBR. 3.1. IBR post can be a card or envelope form corresponding to the specimen and for correspondence of letters Service Guide. 3.2. how IBR shipments also accept consignments containing the envelope or package that is a label that corresponds to the model and the correspondence of letters Service Guide. 3.3. IBR parcel size matches the size of the limits laid down in the relevant correspondence, letters, parcels, referred to in article 123 the RL. In connection with the postcards or post cards to form IBR may also accept consignments according to RL 130. paragraph 5 of article. IBR consignment must not be heavier than 50 grams. The designated operator of the return consignment in IBR can choose to apply a 2 kg weight limit in relation to other designated operators, who also have chosen to return the service to apply the 2 kg weight limit. 3.4. IBR consignments can usually insert any items that match UP to the Koncencij and correspondence of letters to the requirements of the rules of procedure. However, the designated operators have the right to exclude from the IBR for the return of the consignment service for individual items, such as recently used items, if it is provided for in the legislation of the internal or virsnacionāl. 3.5. operators may mutually agree on the expansion of this service. 3.6. the designated operators can use the same barcode identifier that match UP for the S10, the technical standard for the purposes of cross-border customs electronic notifications or other tracking shipment guidance services. The existence of such identification does not imply that ensures delivery confirmation service. The identifier must be displayed on the front of the parcel, and it must not obscure the other CMSs, stamp or address data.
4. calculation of the costs of the IBR. 4.1. each designated operator, who sent back consignments to another designated IBR operator, is the right of the selected operator to charge the amount corresponding to the costs incurred in connection with the return of the consignment of the IBR. 4.2. This amount can be determined depending on the tariff per consignment and per kilogram tariff. These tariffs shall be calculated as follows: 4.2.1. tariff for IBR in the collection and treatment of domestic down 80% of the final settlement of the tariffs applied by mail in most designated operator, which send back consignments IBR (which consists of the tariff and the tariff of consignments per kilo), and a minimum total annual tariff is 0.15 SDR per consignment; 4.2.2. papildtarif of a kilogram international shipments usually to IBR calculated as indicated in the RL 244. paragraph 3 of article, but given the net weight, as well as the tariff for the transit of depeš processing as specified in article 1.1.208 RL. 4.3. Review of the tariffs referred to in 4.2.1, used as the basis of the available economic data. 4.4. Unless the relevant designated operators is not ruled otherwise, IBR tariff shall not apply if the number of consignments of the IBR, with each of the selected operator is sent back in time, is less than or equal to 1 000. If the designated operator of the year has sent back more than 1 000 consignments, the IBR, in calculating the amount to take into account both the designated operator returned to IBR number of consignments. 5. IBR in cost accounting. 5.1. CN and CN 10 IBR in the 09 list preparation. 5.1.1. Each month after the last dispatch of the consignment the consignment IBR transfer country email exchange place prepares the consignment sent IBR 09 CNT list information sorting according to destination country Exchange sites, and using data from the CN 31 Letter cards. It then sends this list to the Central Administration. 5.1.1.1. If CN 31 Letter card does not contain information about IBR atpakaļnosūtīt the weight of the consignment, the consignment weight, which is five grams. 5.1.2. any transfer of the designated National Post operator for each consignment of IBR destination designated operator prepare quarterly summary of the IBR 10 CNS mailing list using information from CN 09 lists and organize them depending on the place of transfer of the parcel post office, post Office of the country of destination and, where appropriate, depending on the shipping route. 5.1.3. CN 09 destination lists submitted to the operator chosen to support CN 10 compiling the information specified in the list. 5.2. CN and CN will IBR 10 09 mailing list and acceptance. 5.2.1. CN 10 wrap the list in the destination country of the IBR is the designated operator sends two copies in five months after the end of the quarter to which the list relates. 5.2.2. Following its adoption in the country of destination of the IBR is the designated operator, one of the copies shall be sent to the designated operator, which it was prepared. If the designated operator has not received notice about three months after the date of dispatch, the list is considered completely accepted. If differences are found on inspection, then corrected 09 list add, CNS to justify appropriately corrected and accepted CN 10 compiling the list. If the transfer of consignment IBR national operator denies CN 09 list corrections made, the actual data confirms sending it CN 31 form photocopies that you post a transfer location postal authority prepared when it sent the IBR, on consignment are in dispute. 5.2.3. the designated operators can agree that CN and CN 10 09 lists drawn up by the country of destination of the consignment, IBR is the designated operator. In this case, shall adapt the decision-making procedure provided for in paragraph 5.2.1 and 5.2.2.. 5.3. IBR preparation, invoice and approval. 5.3.1. the operator is responsible for vendor invoicing and sending them to the operator chosen by the customer. 5.3.2. Separate bills prepare CN form 19, based on the difference between the amounts which must be indicated on the invoice and is calculated depending on the IBR received and sent messages and weight according to CN 10 compiling lists. 5.3.3.19 separate invoices sent to CN designated operator two copies to the customer as soon as possible after the end of the year to which it relates. 5.3.4. the operator is not obliged to accept the customer individual bills, which is not sent within 12 months of the end of the year. 5.3.5. If the designated operator, who sends the invoice, not the individual receives notice about three months after the transfer, the invoice shall be considered completely accepted. 5.3.6. The designated operator vendor CN 19 separate invoices in accordance with RL article 248 5. the conditions laid down in paragraph can summarize CN total invoice. 52 5.4. the total invoice and payment of the costs of the IBR. 5.4.1. Article 255 RL refers to IBR for which costs the operator designated vendor prepares CNA 20 list. 145. pantsStarptautisk in the komerckorespondenc of the RL with paid reply – domestic response 1. operators may bilaterally agree on the IBR-domestic responses check service, either providing services to mutually, or only in one direction (return service). 2. IBR-domestic responses based on the IBR, but previously paid answers use domestic komerckorespondenc answers a form developed by the designated operator for which the relevant consignment have been released. The transfer of national post operator that answers the mail delivered to the Subscriber in a box it territory, remove them from the Subscriber's box and send them to the international transfer of the parcel designated operator. 3. the relevant designated operators bilaterally agree on the terms of that service, on the basis of the activities of the Council related Post guidelines. RL 146. pantsStarptautisk reply coupon 1. operators are allowed to sell international reply coupons that are issued by the International Bureau, and to restrict their trade, in accordance with national law. 2. Article 15 of the Convention is provided for in point 3.2 response coupon value is 0.74 SDR. The designated operator selling price may not be less than this value. 3. coupons are exchangeable in any Member State and then against the postage, unless prohibited by national law of Exchange, also against the production or post markot prefinanced marks or fingerprints that meet minimal prefinanced for simple correspondence of priority letter post or airmail, the simple letter sent to foreign countries, regardless of the country of destination. 4. in addition, the operator is designated by the Member State may reserve the right to request at the same time are shown in the reply coupon and consignments that are paid using the above reply coupon. 5. international reply coupons matches the attached CN 01 sample. The International Office of the measures taken to print on paper that is the abbreviation for "UP" in large letters embedded as a watermark. To specify a mailing the coupons, the name of the country of the transfer. Also, in addition to those printed in the standard UP a bar code, which includes the ISO code of the country concerned, the print date, and the International Bureau, the selling price expressed in SDR units. These coupons delivered when the designated operators are paid by the Bill, which they previously have been sent by the International Bureau and which contains the value of the coupons and related manufacturing and shipping and insurance costs.
1 this explanation in the second half of the coupons is written in English, Arabic, Russian, Chinese, Spanish, and German. Size: 149 x 102 mm 6. operators of international reply coupons are ordered from the International Office. Minimum order is 1 000 IRC. Additional IRC can be ordered in sets containing 1 000 coupons. The International Bureau shall, within ten working days from the date of receipt of the order, prepare an invoice and send it to the designated operator. Payment deadline is six weeks from the date on which the invoice is sent. If, within that period, the payment is not done, the invoice and the order is cancelled. However, the designated operators, which in connection with international reply coupon books for the International Bureau has established credit, you can use it to partially or fully paid the invoice. 7. any operator chosen to reply coupons, you can specify the sales price, asking Starptautiskoj Bureau indicate that price during printing. 8. the coupon indicates the expiration time. Postal authorities are satisfied about the authenticity of documents when they are exchanged, and, in particular examine whether the watermark and other protective elements for which more detailed information previously provided by the International Bureau. Reply coupons not accepted as invalid if they printed the text matches the text or official protection elements do not meet the standard. Exchange answers coupons stamped its authority on the mail kalendārzīmog footprint, which made the Exchange. 9. Sharing responses coupons returned to the International Bureau where the packet is a thousand coupon. The designated operators, which are exchanged during the year less than a thousand coupon, coupons sent to the International Bureau at the end of the year. Send it together with the CN 03 list, drawn up in duplicate, stating the total number and value. This value is calculated according to the value provided for in paragraph 2. If this value is changed, then any response coupons exchanged before the date on which the value was changed, send in a separate post, including in exceptional cases also without the full response coupon sets; they add a special CN 03 list that uses the old value. 10. once the International Bureau has carried out a check, CN 03 list shall indicate the date, sign it and send back the designated operator. At the end of each quarter, the International Bureau, taking into account the received CN 03 lists and their physical control, for each designated operator shall prepare a consolidated list of coupons exchanged. The International Bureau shall make the payments on the basis of these lists. The payment is done within six weeks of the end of each quarter. The designated operators can choose to receive payments directly or to determine that they are credited with the International Bureau. The minimum transfer amount is transferred to the bank or postal account has 200 SDRS. Smaller amounts are automatically credited to the International Office. Is not credited to the Exchange coupons that are fake. 11. The International Bureau creates a separate international reply coupon books, which are each designated operator accounts that participate in this service. This system is controlled in accordance with the relevant provisions of the international reply coupon for administrative and financial management. 12. the International Bureau take back bad answers coupons sent with separate CN 03 list, drawn up in duplicate, if using at least part of the bar code, it is possible to determine the value of the coupons. RL 147. pantsSūtījum grouping "consignment services" 1. operators may mutually agree to provide additional service for mailing grouping "consignment" in relation to grouped consignments that are sent overseas together. 2. If possible, that such a service is provided, using the logo referred to in paragraph 4. 3. For further information regarding this service mutually agreed transfer of the consignment of the national operator and destination designated by the operator, on the basis of the postal operations Council. 4. indication of the consignment service group "consignment". 4.1. the logo for the consignment service group "recognition," consignment contains the following elements:-the word "CONSIGNMEN" blue-three horizontal stripes (one red, one blue, one green).
6. nodaļaBīstam products which are prohibited to insert a letter correspondence consignments. Not properly adopted. Transfer. Return. Recall of mail. 148. RL pantsBīstam requests articles that are prohibited to insert letters, correspondence, messages 1. Items listed in the United Nations recommendations developed for the transport of dangerous products, except hazardous products, referred to in this and in the rules of the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) technical instructions, and the international air transport Association (IATA) Dangerous goods regulations, considered dangerous products in accordance with article 18 of the Convention, the provisions of point 3.1. and it is forbidden to put the correspondence of letters consignments. RL 149. pantsNepareiz processing of consignments accepted 1. incorrectly accepted consignments that are not found in the case of significant non-compliance with article 13 of the Convention's provisions in respect of the classification and scales and conditions of the rules of procedure of this content, size, design and labeling, however, delivery to the addressee without papildtarif. Incorrectly accepted packages containing infectious substances or radioactive materials and which do not conform to article RL RL 132, 134 and 135. RL article article can also be delivered to the addressee, if it is allowed in the rules in the country of destination. If the delivery is not appropriate or not possible, incorrect shipments sent back adopted post transfer the designated operator. 2. consignments containing items referred to in article 18 of the Convention in point 2.1.1, and article 18, paragraph 3.1., and which are not properly accepted the post, act in accordance with the law in force in the country of the transfer shipment, transit or destination designated operators in the country, which found that the existence of the subject. 3. the designated operator of the country of destination, the recipient may supply part of the consignment, which is not subject to the ban. 4. If you do not accept the consignment does not correctly return the consignment transfer of national operator and does not deliver the recipient, then the transfer of the national post operator immediately informed of what action is taken. Precisely in this communication Specifies the ban, under which the consignment and the articles were seized. Not correctly adopted the consignment sent to mailing service of national operator, add a similar statement. 5. If not correctly adopted post is confiscated, the country of transit or of destination shall inform the designated operator for the transfer of national post operator, sending 13 or if the CNS as it concluded a bilateral agreement using the standard UP ED report on consignment (consignment tracking event progress EME and the corresponding storage code). 6. In addition, a Member State may not authorise the paturēr rights in public transit through its territory of a correspondence of letters to send consignments that do not conform to the requirements of the law which governs it or of the publication rules of movement in that country, except for letters, postcards and parcels blind. Such consignments shall be returned to the service of national post operator. 7. correspondence mailing of letters containing the consignments, which can quickly spoil or rot. 7.1. About the correspondence of letters via insert objects that can quickly spoil or rot, considers only those items which are without prior notification may immediately sell. The sale of legitimate owner name can make even during transmission, regardless of whether it is outbound shipment or return shipment. If the sale is not possible, items that have deteriorated because of the rotten, or destroyed. 7.2. If the content of the letter correspondence in accordance with section 7.1 is sold or destroyed, prepare an official act for sale or destruction. A copy of the Act, which added to the CN statement sent 43 test post service national postal authority. 7.3. the sales revenue is first used to cover the costs of mailing correspondence. The remainder, if any, sent to the post of the national postal service of the authority which issued it to the sender. The sender shall bear the costs of shipping. 150. pantsPārsūtīšan. 1, RL If the recipient address, change of mailing him the transfer immediately, in accordance with the conditions set out below. 2. Shipments not forwarded in the following cases: If the sender is denied the transfer, making note of the destination country in plain language; 2.2. If additional to those of the recipient address is the phrase "or occupant". 3. The designated operatori, which collect a fee for the transfer of domestic services, are allowed the same fees be charged also for international services. 4. except for the following exceptions to the fee will not be charged for mailing correspondence letters for the transfer from one country to another. However, those designated operators who charge a fee for domestic mail forwarding, are allowed the same fees be charged also for international shipments, they forward their national territory. 5. transfer procedure. 5.1. Postings, which are addressed to a recipient who changed address, considered direct shipments from the shipping point to the new receive location. 5.2. Insure the consignment which the recipient has gone to another country can be transferred if the State in question provides for such services to the first country of destination. If such a service is delivered, the consignment concerned to immediately send back the transfer of the national post operator, so that it can be passed back to the sender. 5.3. Transfer from one country to another country only if the consignment comply with the further transfer conditions. This provision also applies to shipments originally dispatched to addresses within the same State. 5.4. When transferring, the postal authority transmitting postcard case seal on the front of the calendar, but other categories of mailing in the case of the post in the second half. 5.5. Unrecorded or recorded shipments that are sent back to the sender, to supplement or correct the address, do not consider transfer shipments when it passes again. Handled as a new correspondence, which shall be applied to the new tariff. 5.6. If express shipment delivery with the message to the specified address is not successful, the postal authority transmitter label or "Expré" (the Express) barred by two thick horizontal lines. 5.7. any operator can determine the chosen transfer date that matches the date that is valid for domestic services. 6. Transfer. 6.1. Priority shipments and airmail shipments to the new destination, transmitted through the fastest route (air or ground). 6.2. Other post transfer with transport, which usually use priority mail or a depeš land (including ISLANDS). They can be transferred as a priority post or by airmail upon special request of the recipient, if the recipient will undertake to pay the fare difference for a mail of the new priority post or new aviomaršrut. In this case mail tariff difference usually charge a delivery point and keep the designated operator of the supplier. All consignments can be transferred via the fastest route, even if the tariff difference postal authority that transfer postings, pay a third person. The following post transfer over the fastest route in the territory of the country of destination shall be governed by national law. 6.3. the designated operators, which apply the combined tariffs when transferring messages with airmail or priority consignments in accordance with 6.2. the conditions laid down in subparagraph may provide special tariffs, which must not be larger than the combined tariffs. 7. Fees 7.1. sending unpaid or partially paid packages tariff would apply to them if they are sent directly from the national putting the parcel shipping point to the new receive location. 7.2. The consignments that are completely paid for the first time of sending, but before the next sending of the amount corresponding to the additional tariff, the tariff is applied which corresponds to the difference between the fees already paid for the shipment and charges levied if the mailings be sent initially to the new destination. This adds to the tariff the tariff on unpaid or partially paid for post processing. If the post forward with airmail or priority post, send them further under 6.2. and 6.3 shall apply, in addition to the papildtarif combo tariff or special tariff. 7.3. the consignments which were originally in the territory of the country shall, in applying the exemption from postal charges, apply to postal tariff, which would be due if the consignments are sent directly from the shipping point to the new receive location. This adds to the tariff the tariff on unpaid or partially paid for post processing. 7.4. Transfer the shipment to another country, abolished the following tariffs: 7.4.1. tariff for shipment to the request; 7.4.2. of the tariff for customs presentation; 7.4.3. the tariff for storage; 7.4.4. Commission fee; 7.4.5. a delivery by express papildtarif; 7.4.6. the tariff for delivery of small packages. 7.5. the customs duty and other charges in the event of the transfer or return could not cancel, charged as arrears in the country of destination in the designated operator. In this case, the initial country of destination designated operator mailing add explanatory note and arrears remittance voucher CN 29ter. If the selected operator is not given credit service, the fees shall be recovered through correspondence. 7.6. the correspondence of letters forwarded messages delivered to the recipient when the fees have been paid for expenses incurred in sending, receiving or sending time and set out the transfer after the first mailing. The recipient will pay the customs duty and other special tariffs that are not pārsūtītājvalst is repealed. 8. the total transfer. 8.1. Unrecorded shipments, forward for one person to a new address, you can insert a CN 14 total envelopes issued by designated operators. These envelopes only the recipient's name, address and new address. 8.2. If the total number of consignments to be transferred is large enough, then you can use the tar. In this case, the necessary information on the specific tag that is issued by the designated operator and usually printed on the CN 14 envelopes. 8.3. In those envelopes or containers does not insert a consignment must be presented to customs for inspection. Envelopes and bulk mailings not inserts also that shape, size and weight, they may tear. 8.4. CN 14 total envelopes and containers used in correspondence to the total transfer to the new destination, transmitted through route that uses a separate post for the transfer. 8.5. the Pārsūtītājestād envelope or container shall be referred to a public way. This postal authority, if necessary, applies additional charges that may be applied to transfer shipments. If the additional amount prescribed in tariff has not been paid, the amount of the tariffs to be charged on items indicating the time of receipt. After testing the envelope or container pārsūtītājestād to conclude. It envelopes or containers placed in the appropriate label and T seal, indicating that the amount of the fees is to be levied on all consignments forwarded or a part of them. 8.6. When you receive an envelope or at the destination, the opening of containers and content checking out delivery postal authority which, where appropriate, be charged additional fees paid not according to the amount. Processing fee for unpaid or partially paid consignments are charged only once for all the envelopes or bulk consignments placed. 8.7. the unrecorded shipments addressed to sailors and passengers on the vessel or persons travelling in one group, you can handle it, as provided for in point 8.1-8.6. In this case, on envelopes or bulk tags indicate the ship or vessel, the agency or travel agencies address envelopes or containers are to be delivered. 151. RL pantsNepiegādājam post. Return to the service of the State or the consignment to the sender and the storage time 1. consignments which, for some reason it is not possible to deliver to the recipients, the designated operators to send back. 2. Consignment storage time is defined in the following paragraphs. 3. except for the following exceptions to the undelivered consignment being returned to the country of the transfer of consignments not collected on additional payments. However, those designated operators who charge a fee for domestic mail, are allowed to return the same fees be charged for international shipments also received back. 4. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 3, the designated operator, receive mailings that it customers residing in the territory transferred abroad and which are to be sent back to the sender, or the sender may be from the sender for each mailing charge for processing that is not larger than the fee for a post that this mailing would be applicable to it if it should be sent to the designated operator of the concerned territories. 4.1. the sender or senders within the meaning of paragraph 4 is a natural or legal person, the name of which contains the return address or addresses. 5. General provisions. 5.1. subject to the legal provisions of the country of destination, undeliverable consignments sent back the transfer of national post operator, which pay stamp stamped on consignment. 5.2. the Post from which the recipient refused delivery or that is not completely possible, immediately sent back. 5.3. Other undeliverable consignments the designated operator of the country of destination is stored until it is deadline provided for in the end. However, shipments may not be kept for more than one month, except in the special case where the designated operator of the country of destination considers that this period should be extended for a maximum of up to two months. The return of the consignment to the country of the transfer shipment shall be carried out in the past, if the sender is asked to make a check mark in the country of destination in plain language at the side of the consignment specifying the address. 6. the special procedures. 6.1. Inland mail undeliverable shipments to foreign countries return to the sender sends only if they meet the following conditions of mailing. The same applies to international shipments, if the sender has moved to another State. 6.2. The postcard that is not specified for the sender address returned is not sending. In contrast, the recorded postcards always sent back to the sender. 6.3. the undeliverable shipment of printed matter back to transfer the State of the consignment is optional, unless the sender explicitly requests to be sent back to the post to make a check mark in the language understood by the destination country. The designated operators, however, are trying to put back the shipment to the sender or his duly informed about them, when there have been attempts to deliver mail vairumsūtījum or repeated attempts to deliver the consignment. The recorded printed matter, and books always sent back to the sender. 6.4. For undeliverable consignments believes such shipments to third parties: 6.4.1. consignments, which are addressed to the diplomatic or consular authorities of the transfer and that they are given back to the mail body as requested; 6.4.2. consignments addressed to hotels, accommodation and the airline or shipping company missions and passed back to the postal authority, since it is not possible to transfer recipients. 6.5. the consignments referred to in article 6.4 shall in no way be considered new packages for which a fee is charged per consignment. 7. Progress. 7.1. If the designated operator of the country that sends the mail back, no longer carry transport by land, it does not send the shipments to be delivered using the most appropriate available mail transport. 7.2. Priority shipments as well as airmail letters and airmail postcards to be sent back to the country of the transfer, the consignment shall be returned by the fastest route (air or ground). 7.3. Undeliverable shipments of airmail, airmail letter and not an airmail postcard, sent back to the country of the transfer shipment, using the forms of transport that is commonly used is not a priority or land mail (including ISLANDS), except where: 7.3.1. this type of transport is unavailable or temporarily; 7.3.2. the designated operator of the country of destination that a consignment is regularly chosen for the return air. 7.4. Consignments which at the request of the sender to transfer the consignment to the country of return shipments as a priority or airmail, mutatis mutandis, to article 6.2 LV 150 and 6.3. 8. Post processing. 8.1. before any transfer of the designated national post operator returned consignments that have not been delivered for any reason, the destination country postal authority in French indicates the reason for not supplying a consignment. For these reasons indicate clearly and briefly, if possible, post the following on the front of the form: "inconn" (destination unknown), "refusé" (refused to receive), "déménagé" (changed residence), "non réclamé" (not required), "Adresse insuffisant/inexistant" (incomplete/non-existent address), "la douane refusé (refused customs), etc. Postcard and atklātņ forms printed matter not delivery of the consignment, indicating the reason for postcards or cards on the front right side. 8.2. This news indicates, using appropriate stamp or attached to a mailing label that you CNA 15 then fill in as needed. Each designated operator may add reason and not supplying other relevant message translations in their national languages. With the consent of the operator selected the above information, you can specify only one language, for which this is the designated operators have agreed. In this case sufficient notes which may be considered in connection with the shipment of the delivery not with hand written in any officer or employee of the postal authorities.  BACK 15 recipient unknown CNS refused to get changed residence not required, incomplete address refused customs return date: maximum size 52 x 52 mm-, color-pink 8.3. Destination country postal authorities employee deleted addresses the indications relating to the country of destination post office, but that they still should be legible, and post to the front post of the place of service of postal authorities name write "Retour" (the Return). The shipment also stamped in the country of destination post offices calendar stamps; the priority consignments envelopes and letters stamped on the back of the mailing, but the postcard-front. 8.4. Undeliverable shipments individually or in a Special bundle that is labelled "a non distribuabl Envo (undeliverable consignments), returned to the post of national post transfer, swap space, as if they were addressed in this country. Simple not for consignments for which the return address specified in sufficient detail, sent back to the sender directly. 8.5. Not insure consignments delivered back as soon as possible, at the latest by the deadline laid down in paragraph 5.3. These shipments recorded CN 16 shipping map and wrapped package, envelope or bag that has the label "Valeur is declaré (insured shipment). 8.6. for consignments that are not sent back to the country of the transfer shipment, processed according to RL. Article 150. 152. RL pantsIesniegum withdrawal and delivery of application for change of address or repair treatment 1. correspondence Letters mailing the sender may withdraw it or ask to change or correct the address on it, under the conditions laid down below. 2. each designated operator is obliged to accept the submissions of the consignment withdrawal or change of address, or repair to any correspondence letters mailing sent to other designated operator's service, if it is allowed by the legislation governing the operation of the selected operator. 3. preparation of the Application. 3.1. to submit an application for revocation or of the consignment address alteration or repair, the sender fills in the CN 17 form. More mailing that one and the same sender at one time and in one post office sent to the same recipient, you may use one form. 3.2. By submitting the application to the postal authority employees, the sender shall produce identity documents and a receipt for the mail service, if any. Any transfer of the designated national post operator assumes responsibility for identity verification of the data of the document. 3.3. Application for simple correction of the address (without changing the recipient name or status), the sender can be targeted directly to the destination country's postal authority. In the case provided for in paragraph 4, the fee is not charged. 3.4. By submitting the appropriate notification to the International Bureau, any designated operator may determine that CN 17 submissions related to submit with its central administration or specially designated post offices. The aforesaid statement indicates the name of the postal authorities. 3.5. the designated operators, who use the option provided for in paragraph 3.4, shall bear all the costs incurred, which can occur within the country concerned by mail or sending notice via telecommunications that are to be exchanged between the designated operator and destination postal authority. Telecommunications or other similar means of communication necessarily applies only if such means of communication is used by the sender and if the country of destination post office may not be possible in time to communicate by mail. 3.6. If the post is still in the post of the country, the transfer of the application to look under their national legislation. 4. the tariff. 4.1. for each application the sender pays a specific tariff, which the indicative amount is 1.31 SDR. 4.2. the application shall be sent by post or via telecommunications, but sending costs shall be borne by the sender. Send the application to the terms and conditions related to the use of telecommunications, are set out in paragraph 6. 4.3. If the application for revocation or of the consignment address change or correction relates to several shipments by the same sender at one time and in one post office sent to the same recipient, section 4.1 and 4.2 in tariffs apply only once. 5. send the application by mail. 5.1. If the application is sent by mail, CN 17 form, if possible, is attached to the envelope or mailing address, photocopy sent as registered mail directly to the destination country postal authority by the fastest route (air or ground). 5.2. If the application is lodged with the Central Administration, the emergency transfer location mailing postal authorities may send a copy of the application directly to the destination country's postal authority. Submissions sent directly, must be taken into account. Shipments covered by an application shall not be issued until you have received the submission from the Central Administration. 5.3. when CN form 17 country of destination postal authority finds the mail and take the necessary action. 5.4. As to what a destination country postal authority in relation to each of the submissions received on the withdrawal or change of address, or repair, shall immediately inform the mailing post Office of the place of departure to the fastest route (air or ground) and CN 17 copy of the form in which the duly completed the section "country of destination post offices reply". Post the transfer location postal authority shall in turn inform the blood establishment submissions. This provision shall also apply in the following cases: 5.4.1. If the search were in vain; 5.4.2. If the shipment has already been issued to the recipient; 5.4.3. If the mailing is confiscated, destroyed or put on hold. 5.5. Upon receiving an application for the revocation of the consignment, not a priority or land parcel sent back to the country of the transfer of the consignment as a priority post or by airmail, if the sender undertakes to pay the relevant post tariff difference. If you receive an application for the alteration or correction of address, shipment is sent as priority post or by airmail, postal tariff differences, corresponding to the new type of mail transport, the destination and keep it charged the designated operator, which supplies the consignment concerned. 6. send the application via telecommunications. 6.1. If the application is transmitted via telecommunications, CN 17 passes the form service that sends the data specified in the destination country postal authority. This service costs the sender. 6.2. When you receive the message through telecommunications, the destination country postal authority finds the mail and take the necessary action. 6.3. If using telecommunications, submitted the application for change of address or repair relating to insured shipment, approved the application by post, as set out in paragraph 5.1, you send a confirmation to the first post. In this case, CN 17 at the top of the form represent "Confirmation of sexuality on demand de la vo-des telecommunications du ..." (Approval of the application, submitted through telecommunications, and dated with [...]); pending such approval in the country of destination mail body only stores the mail. The designated operator of the country of destination may act on their own initiative and to examine the application submitted via telecommunications, without waiting for the approval by mail. 6.4. If the sender has submitted his application via telecommunications, and asked him to inform the process, using similar means of communication, the answer post transfer location postal authority sent using this means of communication. Post the transfer spot for the postal authority as soon as possible inform the principal applicant. The same applies to cases when the application submitted via telecommunications, not explicit enough to be able to uniquely identify the relevant post. RL 153. pantsPast message recall. Address change or repair. Mailings, placed in a country other than the country that the designated operator received a submission 1. any postal authority, when receiving an application for revocation or of the consignment address change or repair, which filed according to RL to article 152, check this post on the sender's personal data. It makes sure that CN 17 form in the space provided it is clearly identified in the sender's address. It then sends the form to the post 17 CNA the transfer site mail body or the destination country postal authority. 2. If the application relates to registered or insured shipment, the sender must present the original receipt, but CN 17 form must include a reference to "Vu l ' original du recepiss" (presentation of the original of the receipt). Before the receipt returned to the sender, to the following markup: "Demand de retrai (de modification ou de correction d Adresse ') of depos le ... au Bureau de ..." (Application for withdrawal of the consignment (or change or correction of address), […] filed [...] Post Office). Up to the mark, a post office, which filed the petition, intruding on his kalendārzīmog. Then CN 17 form with the transfer of the consignment of the national postal authority sends the destination country postal authority. 3. Submissions submitted via telecommunications, under paragraph 1, the conditions laid down, sent directly to the country of destination of the consignment, the postal authority. But then, if the application relates to record or insured shipment to CN 17 form, the mark "l ' original du recepiss Vue de Depot" (shown in the post the receipt of the original) and "Demand a trans-Miss on the des telecommunications depose vo le ... au Bureau de ..." (The application submitted via telecommunications, [...] [..] a post office), the consignment shall also surrender the site mail body. After checking in the form of the transfer of the place of shipment in the mail body CN 17 top form very bold letters you type "Confirmation de la transmis of vo-' a demande des telecommunications du ..." (Approval of the application, submitted through telecommunications, and dated with [..]) and form sent to the destination country postal authority. The destination country postal authority shall keep record of the shipment or the insured up to that approval. 4. to post authority, in which the application is submitted to inform the sender about the process, the destination country postal authority shall inform it of the action taken on the application. But then, if the application relates to registered or insured shipment, this information is sent with the post service of the national postal authority. If a mailing is maintained, together with the above information shall also be sent to recall post. 5. Article 152 of the RL, mutatis mutandis, to both the postal authority, which filed the application, and the selected operator. 1.154. pantsPieprasījum RL Principles. 1.1. Article 19 of the Convention in the end of the period laid down in the request shall be adopted as soon as the mail sender or recipient is notified of problems. But then, if the sender of the request applies to the shipment has not yet been issued, the transmission of which has not yet expired, as the ship is also required to inform the sender. 2. preparation of the Application. 2.1. to submit a request, always fill in the CN 08 form. If the designated operators involved is mutually agreed upon, then the request can be submitted electronically as a file or message, such as using the internet (electronic CN 08 form). In the absence of such agreement, the request shall be made using CN 08 form. 2.2. If possible, CN adds the form 08 mailing address photocopy. Request form indicating all required information, including the mandatory information on the fees charged, if the demand associated with registered or insured shipment, and fills it out very clearly, preferably with the uppercase Latin letters and Arabic numerals or, better still, by using iespiediekārt. 2.3. If the request relates to a post with the arrears, it should add the RC article 4.3.139) (contains a copy of the form. 2.4. Number of mailings that are one and the same sender at one time and in one post office sent to the same recipient, use the same type of mail transport, you may use one form. 2.5. All the designated operators have to be transmitted to the International Bureau a statement to which the mail and, if possible, an electronic mail address be CN 08 request forms and copies. 2.6. the operator who first receives from the customer form and its accompanying 08 CNS, always check your last ten days and then transfer the CN form and its accompanying documents 08 offset the designated operator. As soon as possible and not later than two months from the original date of the application, or within 30 days of that date, if the request is submitted via fax or other electronic means of communication, form and its accompanying documents shall be returned to the designated operator for which the request was submitted. Requests relating to the insured and registered items, add CN 18 form, in which the recipient certifies that the consignment is delivered, but do it only if the sender requests it. When the period has expired, the transfer of the national post operator to the country of destination of the consignment, the designated operator-invoice send response via fax, e-mail or other means of telecommunication. If the designated operators have mutually agreed to use the electronic system must respect the reply for the time specified in the contract between the respective designated operators, but it must not be longer than the time specified in this paragraph. 2.7. If possible, responses to requests submitted by fax, e-mail or other electronic means, must be sent in the same way, i.e. using the same means of communication. 2.8. If there is a requirement that the customer or designated operator is able to follow developments in the investigation of claims, as well as if the designated operator of the relevant request, using CN 08 form, the client shall, at his request, a receipt must be issued free of charge or tracking number. Anyone designated operator may even determine what must be this receipt. Rule contains one possible slip. 2.9. If the sender claims that the recipient is still confident that the post has not been received, although the choice of the country of destination, the operator has stated that the consignment is delivered, the following procedure is used. After receiving an urgent shipment of DNA transfer operator request, the designated operator of the country of destination, through the transfer of the national post operator, is as soon as possible and no later than 30 days after the sending of the request to send a delivery confirmation to the sender of the letter, CN 07 issue statement on or other receipt signed according to the RC article 3.1 paragraph 141 or 142 Article 3.2 RC (a) If the signature on a copy of the receipt, or other proof that the beneficiary is a beneficiary of the consignment issued in accordance with article 5.6.137. RL section or RL article 6.8.138. 3. Requests relating to the registered or insured shipments. 3.1. If the request applies to the recorded shipments sent using the total record system, CN 08 request form, you must specify the relevant consignment lot number and date of dispatch. After the designated operator involved mutual agreement of both demand and response to them can also be sent electronically as a file or message, such as using the internet. In the absence of such agreement not, unless it may be sent by fax or e-mail, without creating additional costs for the customer; If this is not possible, the request shall be sent by mail. In that case, the form is sent immediately and without cover sheets, always by the fastest route (air or ground). 3.2. After the transfer of the consignment in question public or designated operator of the country of destination of the consignment at the request of the referral site mail authority is forwarded directly to the destination country postal authority. 3.3. If you receive a request, the destination Central Administration or specially designated postal authority can provide information on what eventually happened to the mailing, it fills in the CN 08 section of the form "information provided by the postal authority of the recipient". If the mail delivery is delayed, as well as if this post deposited or sent back to the place of service, CN 08 form the outline the reasons for such action. 3.4. The designated operator, which cannot be confirmed nor that the mailing address, provided that this post properly transferred to another designated operator, immediately issued an order to carry out the inspection. Your decision about liability it indicates CNS 08 form under "final answer". If, after the designated operator uses the mutual agreement of the CN 08 form electronic version, the designated operator, which takes responsibility for the mailing, CN 08 electronic forms authorization code in the box and take the responsibility of the identification number. To what extent should take responsibility for the mailing, indicate in the "remarks" box (for example, in full, to pay half of the amount paid (overall record) or according to the agreement between the claimant reimbursed his expenses). 3.5. After CN 08 form is duly completed in accordance with section 3.3 and 3.4. the conditions of subparagraph shall be returned to the postal authority, which it is prepared; If possible, that the claim form is sent in the same way that sent the request, namely, electronically, by fax or e-mail, or via the fastest route (air or ground). 3.6. any transfer of the designated National Post operator sends requests for transit consignments sent the while and the interim Government designated operator and destination country the designated operator. Requests relating to closed in depeš shipments, which are transferred through one or more intermediate state designated operator, usually look directly to the post of public service and the country of destination. However, in order to speed up the pace of inspections, the transfer of the national operator may request interim national operator to transfer information. 3.6.1. the requests that are sent to the interim Government designated operators, accompanied, where appropriate, CN CN CN 37, 38 or 41, where the form of the operator is instructed by correspondence in the collection of letters. These copies can be either electronic or physical form, subject to the principles referred to in 2.5. 3.6.2. any interim national operator that received the request as soon as possible, but not later than 10 days from the transfer of CN for the next designated form 08 operator and the relevant CN 21 form post transfer DNA operator 4. Requests in connection with the notification of the shipment to the sender not issue 4.1 RL article 141 3.3. in the case provided for in subparagraph, as well as if the mail recipient, issued by the country of destination designated operator asked the mail recipient to sign the notice of issuance of the CNS 07 form, the word "duplicate" (duplicate). Pursuant to its designated operator's rules of national law, which shall send a notice of the issue, instead, to request mailing recipients to sign a note for the issuance of a duplicate, it can add CN 07 form domestic mail service also needs used a copy of the document signed by the recipient of the mail, or mail at the time of the issue of the attached copy of the electronic signature. CN 07 form add CN 08 request form, and then both of them can put the plaintiff. 5. no disclaimer concerning the enquiry and payments can not be made to this article, unless this is provided for within the framework of bilateral agreements. RL 155. pantsPieprasījum in connection with another country passed shipments 1. If the request is related to the post transferred in another country, CN sends a shipment of forms 08 referrals the designated operator of the country of Central Administration or specially designated authority. Prepare a shipment receipt for a transfer, but it does not add the CN 08 form. The form shall be marked "récépissé de dépe from Rio ... le ... for le Bureau de ..." (Check the receipt for consignment transfer of no […], which dates back to […], and having prepared the ... mail body). 2. The form must reach the transfer shipment during the designated operator for document storage. 7. nodaļaMuit questions RL 156. pantsSūtījum that passes customs control 1. consignments must be handed over to the customs control, located on the front of the CN 22 customs declaration or those tied to the same form tags. CN 22 customs declaration is placed on the side showing the address as close as possible to the left upper corner, under the sender's name and address, which must also be on consignment. 2. where the designated operators have agreed on it previously, customs data specified in accordance with the instructions in CN or CN 23 Customs Declaration 22, including the sender's and the recipient's name and address, country of destination designated operator can be transferred electronically. Any transfer of the designated national post operator all this data, or part of it for the purposes of the export consignment transfer can be passed to the customs administration of the country and the country of destination designated by the operator all this data, or part of them can be put for the purpose of import into the country of destination under customs control. 3. Data from the CN 22 customs declaration CN 23 or in paper form to be provided as set out in paragraph 2, only used in processes relating to depeš Exchange and customs formalities in connection with the mailings, export and import, and should not be used for any other purpose. 4. With the transfer of the national post operator user permissions can use the envelope or wrapper, which where placed CN 22 customs declaration, are these declarations printed in facsimile. In addition to the post of State service of designated operator authorize service users can prepare the CN 22 customs declaration. Size, format and sections must be the same as the CN 22 customs declaration. 5. If the sender declared content of value is greater than 300 SDR, or if the sender wants it, the consignment shall be accompanied by the prescribed number of previously separate CN 23 customs declarations. One of these statements must be affixed to the consignment. If the Declaration is on the front of the mailing is not directly visible, the front attach the CN 22 customs declaration tear-off part. CN 22 customs declaration of the tear-off portion can be replaced by women or self-adhesive white or green color on the label, which has the following inscription: the inscription in black (size 50 x 25 mm, white or green in color) 6. CN 23 customs declarations shall be affixed close to the outside of the parcel, it is desirable to insert in the self-adhesive transparent envelope. In exceptional cases, if it wishes, these declarations can be inserted in a sealed envelope, which inserts the registered post, if it contains valuable articles, referred to in article 18 of the Convention in point 6.1, or insured mail. 7. the sender in addition to the CN 22 customs declaration CN 23 or you can also add any document (invoice, export or import licence, certificate of origin, the health certificate, etc.), the required transfer of consignments customs clearance in the country and the country of destination. 8. for small packages always accompanied by a customs declaration, which may be either the CN 22 customs declaration, or CN 23 customs declaration form, as provided for in paragraph 1-6. 9. If requested by the country of destination in the case of CN, M bag 22 customs declaration is glued to the address tag. If the declared content of the sender value is greater than 300 SDR, or if the sender wants it, the CN 22 customs declaration of the tear-off portion or women or above shall be secured to the self-adhesive sticker address label, and the same tag attached also CN 23 customs declarations. If required by the designated operator of the country of destination, be accompanied by the documents referred to one of the inserted in the bag. 10. If the CN 22 customs declaration CN 23 or is not found, then the consignment the consignment containing printed matter, sera, vaccines, infectious substances, radioactive materials and urgently needed medicines that are hard to make, there is no need to send it back to the place of transfer of the parcel post office. CN 22 and CN 23 11 customs declarations specify precisely the content of the consignment. General descriptions are not acceptable. 12. the operators shall not be liable for customs declarations. Responsibility for filling in the customs declaration takes just the sender. However, the designated operators take all reasonable steps to inform clients on how to perform the customs formalities and, in particular, to ensure that CN 22 and CN 23 customs declarations are completed fully and thus to facilitate quick clearance of consignments. 13. the point of this article apply also to the data specified in the CN 22 customs declaration CN 23 or in paper form, as provided for in paragraph 2. If differences between the data CN or CN 23 Customs Declaration 22 and the electronic version of the data supplied in accordance with paragraph 2, the customs declaration CN 22, CN 23 or considered a customs declaration. 157. pantsMaks on RL for customs presentation 1. Article 20 of the Convention referred to in paragraph 2, the maximum fee for a guide for customs presentation that can be charged on orders that are submitted to the customs control post service in the country or in the country of destination is 2.61 SDR. For each of the M bag is the indicative maximum amount of SDR 3.27. RL article 158 customs tax and other levies for cancellation 1. The designated operators undertake to communicate with the relevant authorities in their country to perform customs duties and other fees for the cancellation of shipments: 1.1 is sent back to the country of the transfer; 1.2. have been destroyed because of the complete failure; 1.3. is sent to a third country. 8. liability of the operator nodaļaIzraudzīt RL pantsIzraudzīt 159. operator responsibility 1. application of the designated operators take responsibility both for consignments are transported in transit, both open for shipments that are sent to the closed depeš. 2. the designated operators, which undertakes to ensure against risks arising in the case of force majeure, the sender, who handed over the post in your country, are responsible for the loss in the case of force majeure, if it occurred during the transport of consignments. This commitment also applies to cases where the shipment is transferred or sent back to the country of the transfer. 3. The designated operator whose service post was lost, izzagt, damaged or returned without explanation, in accordance with their national law shall determine whether the loss of the consignment, izzagšan, corruption or return without explanation was held for reasons of force majeure. The report found conditions in the service of national post operator, if it has made such a request. 4. Article 23 of the Convention referred to in paragraph 2.1 of the remuneration amount for the loss of the consignment, recorded a full or complete loss of izzagšan is 30 SDRS. The consideration for the M bag loss, full or complete loss of izzagšan is 150 SDRS. To calculate the total amount of remuneration, the amounts specified in the tariff and charges added, paid by the sender of the parcel, except the fee for recording. 5. Article 23 of the Convention referred to in paragraph 2.2 of the remuneration amount on record shipments, which is partially izzagt or partially damaged, must not exceed the corresponding amounts, which are referred to in paragraph 4, in conjunction with the recorded shipments that are lost, completely izzagt or completely damaged. 6. the operators participating in the exchange of mailing in arrears, not more than the amount of the arrears is responsible for the delivery of the consignment referred to, without to pay or the amount that is less than the amount of the arrears. The designated operators is not responsible for the delay which may occur in connection with the collection and transmission of payment. RL pantsIzzagt or damaged 160. recorded or insured shipment 1. Postal Authority that carries out izzagt or damaged record or insured parcel delivery, prepare CN 24 on common inspection and, if possible, ask to have it signed by the addressee. One copy of the Act shall be issued by the recipient or if the recipient of the shipment is transferred or abandoned, accompany the consignment. One copy shall be retained by the operator appointed that it prepared. One copy of the Act is sent as registered mail or by e-mail or other electronic means to the postal authority, which indicates the correspondence of letters summary online version, the country in which the shipment of the national postal service of Exchange place. 2. any transfer of the designated National Post operator who has received CN 24 Act in accordance with paragraph 1 or RL paragraph 10 of article 197, inform the sender that the post was izzagt or damaged. 3. If the consignment is delivered, then CN 24 copy of legislation in accordance with article 11.2.197 RL, accompanied by the relevant consignment and treated according to the rules of the country of destination. If the recipient refuses delivery, that the copy accompany the consignment. 4. If it is provided for in the internal rules, the post to which act according to paragraph 1, shall be returned to the sender if the recipient refuses to sign the CN Act 24. 161. RL pantsSūtītāj determination of responsibility 1. operator who finds damage caused by the fault of the sender, inform the service of national post operator, who is responsible for ensuring that the case be submitted to the sender. 2. In relation to the provisions of paragraph 1 a consignment service of the State and the country of destination designated operators can agree on the accountancy procedures regarding the extent of the damage for which the responsibility of the sender. 162. pantsAtlīdzīb cost of RL 1. Consignment transfer of country or country of destination designated by the operator depending on the circumstances, be entitled to pay the rightful claimant compensation on behalf of its designated operator, which, although has been involved in the processing of the consignment and properly informed, within two months and, if the request is filed by fax or through other electronic means of communication, which allows you to make sure that the request is received thirty days is neither definitively resolved this matter nor informed about it: the losses incurred 1.1. force majeure; 1.2. the competent authority seized, seized or destroyed the post due to its content or that the shipment seized in accordance with the legislation of the country of destination. 2. paragraph 1 Above for two months and thirty day period starts from the date on which the transfer of the national post operator duly completed form, including the CN 08 provides relevant information on depeš. 3. any transfer of the designated National Post operator is entitled to pay the applicant compensation of its rightful destination country designated on behalf of the operator, who, although both have been informed of the transfer of the national post operator asks you to confirm the delivery of the consignment referred to in article 154 RL 2.9., within 30 days from the date on which the transfer of the national post operator the following request is sent, has not replied to the second request in connection with the service is not appropriate. 4. If the claim form is not duly completed or completed incorrectly, and if it must be returned to indicate additional information or corrections have been made, but meanwhile, the end of the deadline referred to in paragraph 1, then the case of the transfer of the consignment, country or country of destination designated operator has the right to postpone the consideration of the legal costs of the applicant at a later time. These rewards also may be paid up to the end of extra time, namely the period of two months from the date of supplement or correct a CN 08 information specified in the form. If the claim form is not specified in the additional information or corrections have not been made, the designated operator have the right not to provide benefits to the claimant a legitimate. 5. This article shall not make reservations in connection with the processing of requests and execution time, and the costs of remuneration conditions and consideration the designated operator for the taxable person, except clauses in bilateral agreements. RL pantsAtlīdzīb payment period 163.1. Compensation shall be paid as soon as possible, but no later than three months from the date of the request. 2. in relation to this article without reservations may be made in relation to the costs of remuneration, except clauses in bilateral agreements. 164. pantsAtlīdzīb automatic HEADING payment of returned in 1 CN 08 form that does not fill in the section "the information services", "Interim Report of the post places receiving the service" and "final answer", is not considered final reply RL 162. within the meaning of article. 165. pantsAtbildīb detection of LV between designated operators 1. If not proven otherwise, the responsibility of the operator, who designated it, receive a mailing, did not make any comments on irregularities in the CN notice of inspection depeš 43, in which the post was, at the time of receipt, and have access to all the features necessary for the inspection, but who can prove that the shipment is delivered to the recipient or, where appropriate, the fact that the post is properly transferred to another designated operator. 2. If the shipment is lost, izzagt or damaged during transport and it is not possible to determine which country or service it happened, the loss shall be borne by the operator appointed in equal shares. However, the recorded delivery in the event of the loss of this principle shall apply only to consignments which have a CN sticker with unique consignment 04 identification according to article 137 RL "stored items". In other cases, the losses shall be borne by the designated operator of the sender. 3. In relation to the insured packs the designated operators liability to other designated operators must not exceed the maximum sum insured, which it has accepted. 4. the designated operators, which gives insured shipment service, in relation to such shipments, which are transported in closed depeš, assume responsibility for the case record shipments. This provision shall also apply if the designated operators is not responsible for uninsured packs carried by these operators use vessels or aircraft. 5. If the insured item is lost, or damaged izzagt the interim designated operator or service territory and it does not provide uninsured shipment service, the designated operator of the sender covers losses not covered by the interim designated operator. This provision shall also apply if the damage is greater than the maximum sum insured, adopting the interim designated operator. 6. Customs duty and other fees that the cancellation can not provide, make it the designated operator, who is responsible for the loss of the consignment, izzagšan or corrupted. 7. The designated operator, which is paid to the amount of the remuneration to the size of the subrogated to the rights of persons who acquired a consideration when making a claim against the recipient, sender, or a third party. 166. RL pantsIzraudzīt the operator that the procedure for the determination of liability 1. If not proven otherwise, in accordance with article 165 of the Convention, the LV (2) of the interim Government designated operator or destination designated operator is exempt from any responsibility in the following cases: 1.1 if it is noticed and depeš detection of infringements; 1.2. If it can be shown that the claim it was informed by an official with the post related records destruction and that shelf life had already passed. This disclaimer is without prejudice to the rights of the applicant; 1.3. If the individual is lost in the case of the consignment the consignment proper delivery can not be proved because the designated operator CN or CN 31 32 sender letter card or specific lists 33 no CNA pointed out details on record shipments. 2. If not proven otherwise, the designated operator, who sent a recorded or insure the shipment is released from all liability if the mail exchange where the shipment was released, with the first shipment likely after checking the designated sender does not send operator CN 24 Act, indicating either that is lost in all of the recorded or insured parcel post, or individual, or that they have been broken. 3. in cases where the insured shipment type or theft or damage is found in the country of destination or the country of the transfer shipment, if the mailing is sent back to the sender, the designated country concerned operator proves that not to Pack 3.1, envelopes or containers and fasteners, no packaging and closure was not the obvious signs of theft or damage; 3.2. in the case of the insured mailing has not changed the weight set in the time of the transfer. 4. If you provide the proof referred to in paragraph 3, none of the designated operators may not waive their part of the responsibility, on the basis that it was relevant consignment betrayed the next designated operator, which has been in opposition. 5. If the entered or insured shipment is lost, izzagt or damaged as a result of force majeure, the designated operator, which area or Department post was lost, izzagt or damaged, the operator is responsible in front of the sender only if both the designated operators have committed to cover the case of force majeure risks. RL 167. pantsIzmaksāt compensation recovery from air carriers 1. If the shipment is lost or damaged in the air izzagt, sender paid compensation from the carrier: 1.1. transfer of the consignment, the State recovered in the designated operator of the transport tariffs, if the appropriate amount be paid directly to the air carrier; 1.2. it recovered in the designated operator, which charged the appropriate amount of transport tariffs, if the transfer of the national post operator it does not pay directly to the carrier. The sender paid remuneration for the transfer of national post operator to pay the designated operator, which it charged the appropriate amount of the transport tariffs. 168. pantsAtlīdzīb recovery of RL designated operator person 1. The designated operator, who is responsible for the payment or in the name of which it is made, shall be repaid by the designated operator of the payer, the tariff of remuneration and the amount of fees paid to the rightful claimant in accordance with the CN 08 form the specified mandatory information. Accounting procedures to be carried out are described in RL and RL article 169.170. 2. If the remuneration rates and fees paid to the claimant, it is legitimate to be borne by the successful operators, the first designated operator, who after the requested post decent reception can prove that it is correctly transferred to the next service, pay the designated operator to the payer all fees, tariff and the amount of fees that were paid to the rightful claimant. The designated operator of each of the other designated operators recovered the lawful applicant part of the compensation paid pursuant to this part of the responsibility. 3. The designated operator, whose responsibilities are properly identified and who at first refused to pay remuneration shall bear all additional costs incurred if payment is unduly delayed. 169. pantsNorēķin RL for consideration between designated operators repayment 1. If within one year from the date of the notification sent to pay compensation, the designated operator of the payer has made of the debit entry in the designated operator's account, the authorisation shall be deemed void. The designated operator, which it has received, is no longer entitled to require the consideration paid is reimbursed, except when CN 52 total invoice contains the approved CN invoice in accordance with RL 48 170. paragraph 4. 2. If the liability is recognised, as well as the LV article 162 (1) in the case provided for in compensation from the responsible designated operator can also be automatically enforced using common bills directly or involving the designated operator of the intermediary who regularly prepares the total invoices for selected operators responsible. 3. If the sender or the recipient accepts the shipment, found later pays off the amount of the remuneration, to pay that amount then the designated operator or, where appropriate, the designated operators, which covered the losses, within one year from the date of repayment of the remuneration. 4. the designated operators can agree on repayment of remuneration it periodically that they have paid to the rightful claimants and who are recognized as legitimate. 5. transfer the shipment and destination selected operators can agree that all losses be borne by it the designated operator is obliged to make a payment to the rightful claimant. 6. the operator shall pay the remuneration of the creditors according to the terms of settlement for the RL in article 256. RL 170. pantsAtlīdzīb records in connection with shipments of correspondence letters 1. If the charges are to be levied from the responsible designated operator, the designated operator vendor prepares a 48 month or quarterly in CN invoice. 2. CN invoice duplicate 48 sends the selected operator to customer by e-mail or fax, while the original is sent by airmail or land mail. 3. After inspection and approval one CN 48 invoice copy back to the operator chosen vendor no later than two months after the date of dispatch. If the designated operator of the creditor has not received within the time limit provided for any announcements about bills shall be considered completely accepted. 4. these bills often pay separately. However, the designated operators can agree that it pays using CN 51 separate invoice or the invoice total 52, CNS or possibly CPU 75 Bill. 9. nodaļaProcedūr with depeš/sending of consignment, channeling and received 171. RL pantsSūtījum Exchange 1. operators according to needs and requirements of the service, you can exchange closed depeš, assigning one or more numbers, as well as with the open sent items in transit. 2. If exceptional circumstances should the designated operator is obliged to fully or partially suspend the provision of services, it shall immediately inform the respective designated operators. 3. If the depeš transport in transit through a Member State without the presence of the dvalībvalst takes place in the designated operator, the designated operator of the country of transit does not accept responsibility for such transit. 4. the designated operators can send the land of depeš by air, reducing their priority. The designated operator of the country of destination the following mail exchange depeš the location or destination airport. 5. the designated operators make every effort to obtain a pre-shipment and information, and share it using UP of PRED, ED EMSEV and the RESD reports about the correspondence of letters depeš and tar, and included data on reports of shipments, when shipments identified are available. RL pantsPrioritār 172. shipment and delivery priority airmail treatment 1. operators are obliged to transmit from other operators designated receive priority shipments and airmail shipments by aviomaršrut that they use your this type of shipment you send. 2. the designated operators, which provide no airmail services, priority shipments and airmail shipments sent using the fastest means of transport for depeš. The same rule shall apply if for any reason the overland transport is faster than transport by air. 3. each designated operator operator selected the recipient identify the exact time of the transfer, as it would be desirable is one hour or not more than two hours, taking into account the contracts with the airlines. The designated operator of the recipient tries to help in the application of that provision by providing the designated operator of the airline operating the sender controls in connection with the inclusion in the specified time. 4. the operators shall take all measures necessary in order to: 4.1 ensure the best conditions for the depeš and for further sending of mailings and the priority airmail post; 4.2. ensure compliance with the agreements made with the carriers on priorities related to the following depeš; 4.3. speed up transactions during customs control in connection with priority mail and airmail parcels addressed to it; 4.4. reduce to a minimum the time required for the country of consignment and the priority airmail post for transfer to the country of destination and required from foreign countries received priority and airmail parcel post delivery to the specified address. Separate items that are received by the priority or airmail parcel depeš, and if its not RL indications provided for in article 127, however, must be considered as priority or airmail parcels and must be inserted into the country of destination in the designated operator's domestic priority or airmail post processing flow. 5. the designated operator of transit and destination designated operator with priority mail and airmail parcels Act the same; the designated operators like handling also land shipments, the sender if the LC is not available for better service. You also may not be differences in relation to the processing speed between non-priority parcels, consignments and island land AO. 173. pantsDepeš. 1 RL Depeš are classified as follows: 1.1 "Aviodepeš" sent by air transport, giving priority to. Aviodepeš may be a mailing and priority airmail post. 1.2. the "priority of depeš" by land, but dispatched them the same priority as aviodepeš. The priority can be depeš as a matter of priority and airmail parcel post. 1.3. "land of the depeš, which transfers by air (ISLAND) is an island post and not a priority. 1.4. "land of depeš" is the shipment, sent by land or sea and priority shipments. 2. Depeš, which shall be sent by air or by land, and having only been released in most of the items, called "depeš by mail vairumsūtījum". 2.1. Depeš 1.1-1.4 applicable. the provisions laid down in point depeš shall also apply to the mail vairumsūtījum, which are transmitted through the same route, or using the same type of dispatch, unless specific measures are foreseen. 3. Depeš sharing out postal authorities called mail exchange places. Where to mail the form must specify a mail exchange, this shall be done in accordance with the provisions set out in the RIVER of technical standard S34 (international mail processing centre identification/codification [Identification/codification of International Mail Processing Centre]). Form: 3.1. mail exchange place name; 3.2. the name of the operator, who is responsible for mail exchange place; 3.3. the bar code identifier-S34 code that identifies a mail Exchange site. 4. The Operator is responsible for the mail Exchange site, register it in the international mail processing center in the code list. That list is posted UP on the website. 5. mail all forms of swap space is identified by its name, including the name of the selected operator responsible, as published in the code above in the list. 6. to identify the location of individual mail exchange, bar code identifier used S34 code. The designated operators must maintain a list of operators who are responsible for each code database. 174. pantsSlēgt-depeš RL Exchange closed 1 depeš to send to the country of destination shall prepare, if the number of shipments or depeš day (if during the day are more depeš) is greater than the limit referred to in article 171. RL public transit. 2. Closed depeš the post Exchange is carried out by the designated operator concerned consent. The designated operator at the earliest opportunity notify the designated operator of the country of destination on to progress, if possible, before making changes. 3. in order to ensure good quality of depeš movement, each designated operator must prepare at least three letters of the priority depeš a week to send to each destination. If the volume and weight of the shipment is not a sufficient number of such provision, shall be carried out by sending the open in transit. 4. where the designated operator through the territory is supposed to send closed depeš, it shall notify accordingly. 5. If the country to which the consignments sent usually open in transit, is to send a very large number of simple or recorded delivery, the operator selected the sender is allowed to prepare the closed depeš to send to the destination country postal Exchange sites. Accordingly, notify the transit country and destination designated operators. 175. pantsApmaiņ by depeš RL, sorted by format 1. Exchange with depeš, sorted by format, between operators, designated by the Member States as laid down in article 30 of the Convention, is made on the basis of the provisions of this article. 2. Exchanges between group 1 sub-group 1 countries 2.1. Depeš prepare and send in a separate container for each of the three formats (P, G, E), to those destinations, which the outgoing shipment weight in a year, not including sacks, more than 50 M tonnes. If weight is below this limit value, then different depeš can be put together. 3. Exchanges between groups 1 and 2 sub group 2 countries and between those countries and the Group 1 sub-group 1 countries 3.1. prepare Depeš, using at least two separate containers, namely, one P & G format together and one-E format, and sends it to the destination for which the outgoing shipment weight in a year, not including the M bag, exceeding these limits: 3.1.1.125 tonnes in 2014; 3.1.2.100 tonnes in 2015; 3.1.3.75 tonnes in 2016; 3.1.4.50 tons in 2017. 3.2. If the weight is lower than the limit values, then different depeš can be put together. 4. in applying the limit values specified, reference to take into account last year's volume. 5. the designated operators until 30 September sent the relevant designated operators request for depeš, sorted by format, or notification of this depeš, to apply from 1 January of the following year and in subsequent years. 6. On the practical issues the respective designated operators concluded a bilateral agreement. 7. If you get together place different depeš, but the conditions have been met, or an agreement on the exchange of depeš, sorted by size, country of destination designated by the operator is entitled to split the depeš received and for them to make a statistical selection by their format or by containers. 8. with regard to the situation in which the limit value is exceeded, the designated operators may mutually agree on the fact that different types of depeš can put together, if from a specific mail Exchange site is a small volume of shipments a day. But also for those of the country of destination depeš the designated operator must perform a statistical observation. 9. For the preparation of depeš, which sorted by format, announces up to 30 November and is effective from January 1 next year and the years to come. 10. The country designated operators, which have the final settlement in which the transitional system and join the migration towards, starting from 2014, you can make the exchange of depeš, sorted by format, under the same conditions comply with the migration towards countries and described in 2 or 3 and 4-point 9. 11. the operational, statistical and accounting purposes, insured and registered express shipments as large letters (E) regardless of their actual size. 176. the pantsAtklāt RT 1 open transit transit consignments sent to the interim designated operator only if the closed depeš preparation for dispatch to the country of destination is not justified. Shipment in transit do not make them open destination countries that sent the depeš average weight regularly is more than three kilograms per day or depeš (when the day is done, a number of depeš), and it does not use the M bag. 2. If there is no specific agreement to open transit consignments weighing more than three pounds in one depeš or one day (when the day is done, a number of depeš), which are sent to a specific country of destination, are considered wrong send mailings and interim designated operator is authorized to request from the sender to the designated operator of the fees calculated in accordance with RL 211. paragraph 1 of article 5, subparagraph in relation to all relevant shipment quantity. 3. The designated operator of the sender previously consult the interim designated operators in the context of the open consignment transit the suitability of sending to the appropriate destinations. The designated operator of the sender concerned operators designated by the date on which the sending started depeš open in transit, while pointing the calculated volumes of shipments a year to each of the destinations. Unless there is another bilateral agreement between designated operators concerned, this notification is sent if the prescribed reporting period (in may or October) open transit shipments have not been registered and thus the interim Government designated operators have failed the invoice. If possible, open transit shipments sent the designated operator, which prepares the destination to send depeš the designated operator. 4. For consignments that are sent to the open in transit, without consultation with the interim Government and the designated operators, to countries that have not been mentioned in the interim public transit information can be applied in the collection of fees fixed in article 211 of the LV 1.5 in. 5. Open the tranzītmaks transit shipment, calculated pursuant to article 211 RL. 6. If specifically agreed that all shipments, which are placed on the Board and which are not placed in a closed bag, referred to in article 21 of the Convention, the representative of the ship in the open in transit passes directly to the ports of call of the postal authority, regardless of whether or not such consignments are stamped on the Board. 7. If not specifically agreed to open transit shipments, inserts mail bundles as follows: 7.1. priority consignments that are sent through the air, and airmail shipments placed mail bundles, which deployed 25 tags of CN; 7.2. priority consignments that are sent by surface mail, priority post and land shipments placed mail bundles, which are located in the CN 26 tags. 8. If the number is sufficient and the design is appropriate, the designated operator which open transit consignments are divided depending on the country of destination. Inserted into the mail bundles, which placed a tag in which the Latin alphabet indicates the name of the country. 9. If the Exchange is carried out with depeš, which is sorted by format, then open the transit shipments placed in containers for the format in question. If CN is issued, then the volume 65 cover letter can be specified for each format. RL 177. pantsApdrošināt shipment shipping routes and types 1. using from other designated operators, CN received 27 tables, each designated operator decide on routes that are used for shipping insured shipments. 2. The relationship between the countries, among which is one or more intermediate services interim services, insure shipments move along the most direct route. However, the respective designated operators may mutually agree on the ship in the open in transit via indirect routes, if sending post to the most direct route, the entire route is not guaranteed a corresponding responsibility. 3. in accordance with the requirements of the service, insured shipments can send closed depeš. They can also be served in the open in the first interim designated transit operator, if the selected operator is able to carry out their shipment in accordance with CN conditions provided in table 27. 4. transfer the shipment and destination country national operators may mutually agree to insert the closed depeš insured post Exchange to make using one or more of the intermediary the intermediary services, whether provided or not provided the shipment insurance services. The interim designated operators to inform at least one month before the launch of this service provision. 178. pantsDepeš design of RL 1. The design of the packages containing different types of depeš 1.1. All simple messages that can be inserted in the mail bundles are classified by their size (small letters, large letters-P-G and bulky – letter E) or by their content (letters and postcards, newspapers and periodicals, AO post). This post shall be placed so that the address can be read in the same direction. 1.2. To mail packages attached a tag that Latin alphabet indicates the destination post office or postal authority for transferring mail bundles inside. CN 25 tags used for priority shipments that are sent through the air, or air mail shipments, and CN tag uses priority 26 shipments that are sent by land, not priority mail or ground shipments. 1.3. The unpaid or partially paid packages in place individual mail bundles, which placed the bag containing the letter card. To a mail bundle tags stamped T seal. 1.4. the mail bundles that contain small letters (P) after their insertion must not be thicker than the 150 mm. Large letter (G) and (E) of letters for bulky mail Pack weight must not exceed 5 kilos. 1.5. Where the priority consignments and letters are visible signs of opening or breakage of the prepared statement, which accompanied the consignment, and stamped with the postal authorities of the kalendārzīmog that was found. In addition, if the content of the consignment must be protected, consignments, if possible, be placed in a transparent envelope or in the new packaging States the same information as the previous package. 2. The mail-bulk design in which there are different types of depeš 2.1. Depeš, including those that contain only empty bags, placed in bags that are as small as possible. Bags must be in good condition to protect content. At each bag tag attached. 2.2. conclusion and sealing the bag, preferably with a lead seal. Seals can be made from lightweight metal or plastic. Sealing is carried out so that the seals could not be opened or damaged, leaving no visible signs. The imprint of seals very well legible Latin letters reflects the postal authorities of the consignment the name of the sender or the indication that it is sufficient that the postal authorities for identification. But then, if the selected operator is the sender wants it, the seal must only nospiedumo renders the name of the sender's postal authorities. 2.3. If the number and State of the sender is specified on the seal and if the bag tag is red, that number can also specify CN and CN 31 Letter card 32 and, where appropriate, CN 33 special list. 2.4. Except in the case referred to in paragraph 2.4.1., aviodepeš design uses either the blue bags, or bags, which is a wide blue stripe. If between designated operators specifically agreed, aviodepeš bags are also used for priority depeš. To design a land or land depeš depeš, which is sending by air, using land depeš bags, whose color is different from the aviodepeš bags (such as beige, Brown, white, etc.). However, the country of destination designated operators must check all bag tags to make sure they are properly treated. 2.4.1. the designated operators, where the various needs using the same bag, this bag can be used in all the above categories of post production, if the one on the bag tag is specified correctly in the mailing category. 2.5. the designated operators may agree bilaterally to use special air bags or containers such as trays, etc., with markings indicating that they are the only express post. 2.6. The sacks legible Latin letters indicate the sender's postal authority or country and the word "Posts" (mail) or another similar phrase to bag are considered parcels. 2.7. If the shipment quantity or volume you want to use more than one bag, then, if possible, separate bags using 2.7.1. for letters and postcards; 2.7.2. where appropriate, newspapers and periodicals, mentioned in the LV article 188 and paragraph 9; 2.7.3. other AO consignments; 2.7.4. the case of small packages; on this bag tags indicate the words "petits paquet" (small packages). 2.8. Registered or insured shipment of packages or containers placed in one of the containers in which the letters, or in a separate container; the outer container must be secured to the Red tags. If you have multiple containers with typed or insured shipments to all containers must be affixed to the Red tags. 2.9. the designated operators may bilaterally agree on the fact that a bag containing a letter card does not insert a simple post, but only recorded this packaging, insured and express shipments. 2.10. the weight of each bag must not exceed 30 kilograms. 3. After the format sort of design depeš 3.1. operators carrying out exchanges with depeš, sorted by format, in accordance with the provisions of article 175 RL, depeš can insert into mail bags or other containers, such as pallets. 3.2. If used in a mail bag, postal packages have to be followed for the preparation of the rules provided for in paragraph 1. 3.3. If pallets are used, insert bundles is required. 4. Package and envelope design 4.1. If specifically agreed, minor depeš packed in sturdy paper, to prevent damage to the contents. 4.2. Package dress with string and sealed with lead, lightweight metal or plastic seals. 4.3. If the package is just a simple post, it can be concluded with līmzīmog, on which is printed in the place of service of postal authorities. 5. Total sacks. Transport of containers 5.1. As far as possible, the post Exchange sites in your depeš for a particular postal authority, include all received the small depeš (bundles or containers) intended for a particular postal authority. 5.2. If the shipment of parcels, or the number of envelopes to send to the same sector, then, whenever possible, make up the total sacks. It will take the postal authority, which is responsible for the transfer of the aviodepeš airline, which carries out transportation. Total bag tags is an indication bold "Sac collecteur" (total bags). The designated operators concerned shall agree on the address specified in these tags. 5.3. Transport depeš can insert into containers in accordance with a special agreement between the respective designated operators for the use of containers. 5.4. the designated operators may bilaterally agree that depeš Exchange carried out using different containers and not only bags (such as pallets, pallet, etc.) if it is established that it will facilitate the process and improve the protection of depeš. 179. pantsVēstuļ RL map 1. depeš adding CN 31 letter, except depeš by mail vairumsūtījum and depeš intended for direct access to the domestic systems. Letter card inserted into the envelope, which is bold in the "feuille d ' Avis (map of letters). This envelope is pink, if depeš is insured mail, or blue, if it does not insure the shipment. Affix it registered mail packages or containers outside. If the registered mail, envelope, if possible, be affixed to the consignment of mail simple bundle. 2. Depeš by mail vairumsūtījum adds CN letter card 32, as provided for in article 186 RL. 3. in the context of the depeš intended for direct access to the domestic system, the designated operators agree on documents to be used. It can be modified in CN 31 Letter card or other mutually acceptable document, for example, domestic mailing list. 4. Except in the cases provided for in article 182. RL and RL to article 183, when depeš is not registered or insured shipment, the designated operators may mutually agree that the letter card affixed to the outside of one of the containers, putting it in a watertight bundle that is strong enough to perform the transport. 5. Relations between States whose designated operators have reached an agreement, the post exchange place the sender's mail Exchange destination site over the air transmitted one CN 31 copy. The designated operators, entering into a specific agreement, may decide that the depeš, which is the only empty containers, mailing the card does not add. 6. operators may agree bilaterally or multilaterally on the card or mailing letters map data electronic exchange; in this case, the designated operators may decide that depeš, with which they communicate, do not need to add the CN 31 Letter card in paper form. 7. the sender's postal authority letter on the map indicate all necessary information, taking into account: 7.1.-If the letters of the title cards are filled, not with the automated system, if specifically agreed, the postal authority in the sender's card number of letters in each year of the series index number for each destination postal authority has designed the land, island and aviodepeš of depeš (or priority and non-priority depeš). Thus, each giving their numbers to depeš. Each of the letters of the first depeš card in addition to the serial depeš serial number indicates also the previous year's last serial number depeš. If depeš are controlled, the postal authority next to the last depeš of the sender number deployed "Read mail" (depeš); 7.2. If the letters of the title card is filled in using the automated system and the appropriate UP to technical standards, then Exchange places the sender number of letters in the sequence of the cards in a given series of shipments annually calender year resumes numbering. Thus, each post has its own depeš depeš number and any subsequent mail depeš number is increased by 1 in ascending order and in accordance with the specified depeš date-also in increasing order. Each of the letters of the first depeš card in addition to the serial number of depeš also indicate previous year's last serial number depeš. If the mail depeš series is interrupted, then the body of the sender sends the mail exchange place of destination inspection notification; 7.3. table 1-designated operators can agree that maps letters in table 1 indicate only the container with red tags; 7.4. table 3-letter card table 3 indicates the total number of shipments (and mailing, recorded separately, and that the total number of records), and depeš in the total number of insured shipments. If depeš is also included in the express mailing, mailing the card record table 3 also the total number of shipments. 7.5. table 3 in the column "The number of consignments that are sent back to the place of transfer of consignments and are exempt from the final settlement" to the package, and the number of insured shipments, which are associated with the postal service, and the number of the returned consignment, which are exempt from the final settlement. 7.6. table 4 – the following table indicates the designated operator of the number used by the sender and the destination country the designated operator for the number of returned containers. The case concerned a separate indication of the number of bags belonging to the designated operator for which depeš is not addressed by the reference to the selected operator. If the two designated operators have agreed to give only the bag with red tags (7.3), then 4. table does not indicate design bags used for depeš and country of destination designated operator owned the bag. If depeš is in the post, IBR, you must fill in the section "other information", with a separate indication of IBR in the tar and zip bundles and weight, as well as the total number of consignments of the IBR. If depeš contains a simple or recorded post in arrears, it indicates the column on both the individual package and vairumsūtījum. 7.7. If the designated operators in accordance with RL 175 conditions described in article or a bilateral agreement Exchange depeš with other containers, not in bags, CN letter card 31 must state the number of each container type and weight. CN 31 form in this case is to provide a place for such information. 7.8. If the designated operators in accordance with RL 175 conditions described in article or separate bilateral agreements its outgoing international depeš depending on their format, CN 31 Letter card, you can specify the quantity and weight of the container. In this case, CN 31 form makes it possible to specify information about the format of depeš. 8. the designated operators may mutually agree to additional table or heading of anticipation or letters on the conversion table to map letters match the needs of designated operators. 9. "zero" letter-card sent with the next depeš, if the mail is not in place for the exchange of mailing that you forward the mail to the authority concerned, and if in accordance with a special agreement between the respective designated operators letter cards shall not be numbered. Each year, numbered depeš in the case of "zero" card not sending letters. RL 180. pantsIerakstīt send the consignments 1. sending recorded messages, each of them separate entries in one or more specific lists 33 CNS as a supplement in the form of a card. The lists specify the same number of depeš that are specified in the letters of the depeš card. If you use the more specific lists, each one numbered in sequence for each depeš separately. The recorded number of consignments, which can specify one in the special list, depends on how the recorded messages you can specify these forms under the relevant arrangement of the form. Total depeš contains the recorded number of mailing letters indicate the card table 3. 2. The designated operators designated operator of destination sends the more than 100 000 consignments per year recorded, all their consignments should be sent registered mail depeš series that only record shipments. 3. the designated operators may agree that the recorded messages lists the total number of points. Total depeš contains the recorded number of mailing letters indicate the card table 3. If the depeš has more recorded shipment containers, each of which, except where included in the map, place the letters CN 33 special list where the space provided in both words and numbers indicate the total number of messages recorded in the appropriate containers. Record number of the consignment at the containers in which the inserted letter card, indicate the mailing card specially designed for this purpose in table 6 in the box. 4. The recorded messages and, where appropriate, paragraph 1 specific lists placed in one or more separate packages or containers that properly packaged or sealed and sealed with lead or without it, in order to protect the content. The following containers and packages of ready to use so that the plastic bags. The recorded messages in each package arranged the recording in order. If you use one or more specific lists, each of them affixed to the recorded shipments to which it relates, and placed above the first post in that bundle. If you use multiple containers, each of which placed in the special list of the relevant containers placed in the mail. 5. by the designated operator involved in mutual agreement and then, if this is not possible due to the size of the consignment, the recorded messages can be inserted into a special envelope with letter card. This envelope sealed. 6. The recorded messages must not be sent in a single bundle with non-registered mail. 7. If possible, in one container will not send in more than 600 recorded shipments. 8. If CN 33 special list indicates the recorded messages in arrears, against the entry in the column "notes" should be entered either the word "Reimbursemen" (Arrears) or the abbreviation ' Remb. "or" code ". 9. Recorded M bags indicates as one shipment CN 31 Letter card table 6 or CN 33 special list. In the column "remarks" the letter "M". 10. the designated operators can implement the system that electronically generates a dispatch of the consignment of the supporting data, and agree with the transfer of the consignments concerned national operators to make This exchange of data. 181. pantsApdrošināt delivery of LV send 1. mail exchange place sending consignments entry insure CN 16 shipping map, showing all the necessary information. Consignment in the case of arrears in the column "remarks" toward the entry records the name "Remboursemen" (Arrears) or the abbreviation ' Remb. "or" code ". 2. Insure consignments are presented together with the sent card or cards, binding them together and placing them in one or more specified packages. The package, wrapped in paper, strong aizsien from the outside and sealed with wax on each fold and mail exchange on places of departure stamp. The packages deployed "a déclaré Valeur (insured shipment). 3. instead, to create the package, insure the consignment can be inserted in the envelope, made of durable paper and, using a wax seal. 4. Insure the shipment package or envelope may also be concluded with līmzīmog, on which is printed the indication of the country of the transfer of the consignment, the designated operator. To līmzīmog mail sender shall kalendārzīmog the authority so that it is partly on līmzīmog and on the packaging. Conclusion this method may not be used if the designated operator of the country of destination requires to insure the shipment of parcels or envelopes are sealed with wax stamp or lead seals. 5. If the number of shipments or insured is enough, you can put the bag, duly sealed and sealed with wax stamp or lead seal. 6. the shipment of parcel, Insured envelope or container or containers in the package that contains the recorded shipments or, if that is not possible, bundle or container, which usually includes record shipments. If the recorded shipments placed in several containers, then the insured parcel parcel, envelope or container placed in the bag, to which is attached a special envelope with a letter card. 7. External sack, which is placed in the consignments, the insured must be in very good condition, and, if possible, the bag opening edge shall be provided in the attachment to the bag might not be illegal to open without leaving visible signs. 8. Total depeš in the number of insured shipments indicates the letter cards in table 3. 9. the designated operators can implement the system that electronically generates a dispatch of the consignment of the supporting data, and agree with a surrender of the relevant consignment operators designated to carry out this exchange of data. RL 182. pantsNaud transfer and not recorded delivery with arrears of 1. sending money order, sent without envelopes, inserts in a single bundle and insert a recorded shipment package or container or, if possible, the insured shipment package or container. The same applies to the recorded shipments not in arrears. If the depeš is neither registered nor insured delivery, money transfers and recorded messages to the arrears, if any, place the letter in the envelope or post card Pack together with the envelope. 2. The fact that the relevant depeš is also not written in the post in arrears, specify the appropriate CN 31 Letter card table 4 or 32 letters of the CNS card table 3. RL 183. pantsEksprespast. 1, sending a mailing that is inserted in the appropriate depeš express shipments, CN 31 Letter card table 4 (CN letter card 32 table 3) the column on typing the letter "X". 2. Express consignments are placed in separate bundles, which tag attached with "Expré" (the Express), as provided for in article 140 RL. If possible, put these bundles separately. If this is not possible, the "Expré" post makes it bundles mail containers containing letters. 3. The recorded express delivery shipments arranged in a row between the other recorder. Letters on the other side of the card or CN 33 special list, in the column "notes", opposite the appropriate records record the word "Expré" (the Express). Where is the total record, that this post is written to express mailing, mailing the card table 4 in the box by typing the letter "X". The same indication also records 16 ship card CNS in the column "notes", opposite the entries relating to insured shipments where the capacities as express consignments.
RL pantsIBR 184. sending the consignment 1. operators who provide such a service, specify the location of the recipient mail exchange that specializes in the processing of depeš, which is the IBR post. If it is necessary for this purpose designated operators can specify multiple mail exchanges. 2. IBR consignments presented as separate mail sacks. 25 pack of labels on CN placed "IBR" and indicate the number of the consignment. IBR in the bundles insert into the containers in which the letter card. However, they must not be put in the iekšpak or in the mailing container. 2.1. If the consignment depeš IBR weighing more than 2 kg, these shipments placed in separate containers. On the container tags will be an indication of the IBR. 3. Depeš IBR inside the consignments indicated CN 31 Letter card table 4 (CN letter card 32 table 3) ' other details ' in the following manner: 3.1 containers placed in a separate shipment in the event section, "IBR" record bag tare weight and the number of units and the number of shipments; 3.2. in the case of consignments that are sent along with other items, under "bundles of IBR" record the number and weight of packages and parcels. 4. Depending on the size of the selected package flow operators may bilaterally agree on special procedures. RL pantsM bag sending 185.1 M for each bag added CN CN CN 34, 35 or 36 tag, in which the upper right corner contains a large letter "M". This tag is added to a tag in addition to the address, which shall be sent to the sender. M packages, which are placed in the bag, the shipment must be placed in the M bag. 186. pantsPast-vairumsūtījum RL Messaging 1. If the designated operator of the country of destination has requested a special fee for mail vairumsūtījum, the designated operator of the sender can send a mail to vairumsūtījum special depeš, which added a CN letter card 32. 2. CN letter card 32 indicates the number and weight of the consignment. 2.1. If the designated operators have agreed on it, the number and weight of shipment indicate the accepted form. 3. the provisions of article 179 the RL analogy also applicable CN letter 32 cards. 4. the designated operators in the case of the mail vairumsūtījum may bilaterally agree on another form and use of accounting procedures. RL 187. pantsSūtījum, for direct access to the domestic system, 1. consignments intended for direct access to a designated operator of the domestic system, in accordance with article 29 of the Convention, paragraph 4, of depeš, is sending special which adds the appropriate CN 31 Letter reformed card if one shipment or destination of a transfer the designated operator did not require other documentation in accordance with national law. 2. The redesigned CN 31 Letter card or other documentation required by the country of destination designated operator, indicates the number of the consignment, the weight and the appropriate category or other additional information requested by the designated operator of the country of destination. 3. the provisions of article 179 RL shall apply by analogy to the CN 31 Letter cards or other documentation required by the country of destination designated by the operator. 4. The designated operators have to agree on other bilateral forms and procedures to be used for sending the consignment intended for direct access to the domestic system, if required by the designated operator of the country of destination. RL 188. pantsDepeš marking 1. Bulk tag made of sufficiently strong canvas, plastic, cardboard, parchment or paper that is glued to the tree. Mail to mass tag affixed to the hook. 2. All containers of tags and text layout to match UP the technical standard must meet and/or S47 further added and the samples: 2.1. CN 34 form land containers; 2.2. CN form 35 airmail tare; 2.3. CN 36 containers, a form of land conveyed by air (ISLAND). 3. Containers, namely, the corner provides information about the contents of containers, for example, the code from the code list of the RIVER: 120 (content) and 188 (special content codes). Pallets must indicate "P" or "l". 4. the close relationship between the existing postal authorities may use hard paper tags. They must be solid enough to withstand the various treatment processes, which exposes the depeš sending time. 5. At the container that holds your items, insured post and/or mailing a card, attach a bright red tag. 5.1. the designated operators, however, may conclude a bilateral agreement on that for security reasons the red color of the tags will be used in place of any other mutually acceptable recognition method. 6. White tag uses a tag that contains only the following categories of ordinary post to: 6.1. priority post; 6.2. the letters and postcards that are sent by land and by air; 6.3. the various consignments (letters, postcards, newspapers, periodicals and other items); 6.4. the priority for the small letters (P), large (l) consignment of letters and bulky letter (E). The tag provides information about the contents of the consignment in question format. 7. White tag also uses the tag, which is the newspaper that have transferred most of the publishers or their representatives and forwarded only by land, except those that are sent back to the sender. On a white tag indicates the word "Journaux (Newspaper) or" reference "Jx" when the containers are only in this category. 8. Light blue color of the tags used in the container that contains only the following categories of ordinary mail: priority mail not 8.1; 8.2. printed matter; 8.3. post the blind; 8.4. small packages; 8.5. no small priority (P) consignment of letters, large letters (G) consignments and bulky letter (E). The tag provides information about the contents of the consignment in question format. 9. Light blue color tag also uses the tag that contains periodicals, other than those referred to in paragraph 7. The words "of the périodiqu Ecrit" (periodicals) on a blue color tags can be written then, if the container is only this category. 10. Purple coloured tab uses the tag, which is just a simple vairumsūtījum. 11. White tag with the purple color of the stripes on the sides and the words "accés direct" (direct access) uses a tag that contains this category. 12. the green color of the tags used in the tar that is just empty sacks, sent it back to the transfer location. 13. If the land is transferred to the priority depeš, CN tags in 34 large and bold type record "PRIOR". 14. To tag, which must be attached to the container or package that contains a map of letters always represent the letter "F". You can also specify the depeš placed in containers. 15. To tag, which must be attached to the packaging, which is express mail, you must include a reference to "express" (Express). If the "Express" can cover any of the CN 35 tags or text, bar codes, the container can be attached to a larger additional tags that put this "Express". 16. White tags can be used in conjunction with the 5 x 3 cm big points in one of the colors listed 5-9 and 12 points. Blue or purple color tags can also be used in conjunction with a similar indication, which is red in color. 17. consignments containing infectious substances which are allowed to take place in a separate container. For each packing unit, affix the identification tags that colors and shapes, is similar to a tag, referred to in article 134 of the RL, but is larger, it may be attached to the earloop. 18. On the tag attached to the container that contains only items exempted from the final billing, very bold letters write stating "exemption". 19. The container tag or tag, which is the address of each depeš containers placed in envelopes or packages, the gross mass. If you use the total bag weight shall not be taken into account. Weight rounded up to the nearest section of the hektogram, if hektogram is equal to 50 grams or more of it, and in another case, round down to the nearest hektogram. In the case of the aviodepeš, weighing 50 grams or less, at a weight check marks indicate the figure 0.20. Interim postal authority containers in transit tag or to the closed depeš packets sequence number not specified. 21. All successful operators on the container tag barcode identifier placed according to the technical standard of the S9 RIVER. 189. pantsSvītrkod use of RL 1. operators of international postal services can be used to electronically prepare bar codes and the unique identification system to handle the shipment guidance tracking systems and allow other identification. Specification development mail transactions. 2. the designated operators, where international services choose to use bar codes, the postal action technical specifications established by the Council. Mail Exchange site to display barcodes in accordance with RL article 173 the provisions laid down in paragraph 1. 3. in the event of the transfer of national operator for international correspondence letters mailing deploys UP to 13 bar code symbol standard identifier, then the consignment in question is placed only one such identification. This identifier corresponds to the technical standard of the RIVER, and their shipment to S10 deploys both easy-to-read, both in the form of a bar code, as provided for in the applicable standard. 4. transfer the consignment in the country, the country of transit or of destination designated operators can deploy additional barcodes that do not use the format, if these advanced S10 bar codes do not cover any of the sender's address or the return address part or any of its parts of the identifier that S10 on consignment consignment transfer of deployed national operator. 5. Country of transit or of destination choice operator can deploy shipment identifier that complies with the technical standard S10 and that includes data that is identical to the data contained in the identifier in the deployed State of the transfer of the consignment, the designated operator. In this case, if the shipment is transferred to another designated operator or send back the transfer of the national post operator, previously deployed S10 identifier is to be crossed out or remove. 6. where the country of transit or of destination designated operator deploys S10 format barcode that contains the data differ in terms of the identification of the deployed previously, the S10 deployed S10 format barcode barred or removed if the shipment is transferred to another designated operator or send back the transfer of the national post operator. 7. the designated operators, which given the flow of the year sent more than 25 tons of letters of correspondence depeš or carrying out a final settlement on the basis of the calculation of the depeš stream to the mail containers (including airmail, SAL and land mail containers) used UP the standard identifier for the S9 and transfers: 7.1 UP standard electronic notifications for all outgoing depeš, including the S9 identifier, containers, using UP a standard container codes and in the case of consignments identifiers recorded, and express shipments are insured according to the technical standard of the STREAM S10-C; 7.2. UP to the standard of electronic supporting notifications about the received depeš, which were previously communicated in electronic form, including containers is notified using the standard tar RIVER codes. 8. the designated operators carrying out exchanges with depeš who sorted by format, in accordance with article 175, or RL bilateral agreement based on sending or receiving depeš sent electronic notification (PRED/RESD), which shall also specify the containers and information about the content of the consignment in question format, using a standard tar RIVER and content format codes. The RL 190. pantsSekošan mailing-mailing guidance and depeš specifications 1. for all check services that are associated with the shipment of the exchange of information on the progress recorded, or express shipments insured, the designated operators, who use the tracking the progress of the consignment system, undertake to provide guidance information the consignment (using UP the technical standard of reporting-EMSEV 1.0 version of the M17) on the outgoing and incoming correspondence letters mailing in the national territory and ensure that the data exchange takes place with all involved partners designated operators, providing the following guidance information mailing and related data elements: 1.1. Minimum shipment guidance events events description data element 1.1.1. EMC post dispatches sent from Exchange place mailing identifikācijaGalamērķ national event date event time mail exchange place 1.1.2. ELD post received an incoming consignment at the place of consignment Exchange identifikācijaGalamērķ national event date event time mail exchange place 1.1.3. EMH attempt of delivery/delivery of the consignment failed identifikācijaGalamērķ national event date event time postal authority (supply) a failed delivery code 1.1.4. and/or final delivery of the EMI Post identification of country of destination event date event time post office (delivery) 1.2. Optional mailing guidance events events description data element 1.2.1. Transfer/pick em identification of country of destination the consignment event date event time transfer to the postal authorities 1.2.2. EMBU post received the outgoing shipment of the consignment at the place of exchange of identifikācijaGalamērķ national event date event time mail exchange place 1.2.3. The holding of the consignment in the EME's identification of the country of destination, event date event time mail swap space storage code 1.2.4. EMF post incoming shipment sent from the Exchange site mailing identifikācijaGalamērķ national event date event time mail exchange place 1.2.5. EMG received the delivery post office identification of the country of destination of the consignment event date event time delivery postal authority 1.2.6. EMJ post received the mail transit Exchange site identifikācijaGalamērķ State of the consignment event date event time mail Exchange site (transit) 1.2.7. EMK consignment sent from mail exchange transit site mailing identifikācijaGalamērķ national event date event time mail Exchange site (transit) RL pantsDepeš push 1.191. Closed depeš, including depeš closed in transit, shall be sent by the most direct route possible. 2. If depeš contains multiple containers, they should remain together, and they send the same tranport. 3. any transfer of the designated National Post operator with regard to closed depeš, which it regularly sends, you can consult with the designated operator providing transit route closed, through which to send this depeš. Information about the route, used by the designated operator providing the closed transit, for the transfer of national post operator does not indicate nor CN CN CN 37, 38 or 41 cover letter not CN, CN 34 or 35 CN 36 tags. Information on the progress of the route indicated by the CN CN CN 37, 38 or 41 cover letter and CN CN CN 34, 35 or 36 tag, limited route, which is used for the transport of the consignment depeš transfer DNA to the designated operator of the operator that provides the closed transit. 4. normally closed depeš in transit by the same transport operator in the transit State designated uses its own depeš. If you regularly encounter a situation when in transit between a closed depeš you send the arrival and the departure of the transport is not enough time, or if the amount exceeds the regular depeš the aircraft capacity, shall inform the public of the transfer of the consignment the designated operator. 5. If you change the route through which the depeš Exchange closed between two designated operators, with one or more of the designated operator providing closed transit, for the transfer of consignments via the national operator of the changes to the route shall inform the designated operators providing closed transit. RL 192. pantsAviodepeš and land depeš, transported by air (ISLAND), direct transhipment 1. Usually post the transfer operator chosen according to state it needs drives of their depeš it to be directly transferred to the transit at the airport the same airlines or, if this is not possible, other Airlines aircraft. To ensure direct transshipment between the different Airlines aircraft, putting the previously designated national operator must agree on arrangements with both airlines. The transfer of the national post operator can ask for one airline to agree with other airlines about the measures taken, but must receive verification that such measures are provided, including handling on the ground and tracking. You also need to agree on additional CN 42 tag. 2. If the direct handling of consignments in transhipment registered airport dies before he can TRANS to the regular start of the flight, the transfer of the national operator shall ensure that the relevant airline shall take measures in accordance with the agreement with direct handling of the air carrier referred to in paragraph 1, or the action of a transfer shipment indicate national operator. Direct transshipment activities must include also direct handling with the same airline flights later. 3. If it is not possible to make a direct handling of the consignment, the transfer of the national operator may provide the closed transit according to the RC article 191. 4. Depeš, which are handled directly either in the airport of transit time between one airline flights, or different between the different airline flights, are not subject to the tranzītmaks. 5. in the case referred to in paragraph 1 and, if the transfer of the parcel and destination country national operators and the airline has previously agreed, the airline carrying out the transfer, if necessary, prepare a special cover letter, which replaces the originally prepared by CN or CN 41 38 cover letter. The parties concerned shall agree on the specific procedures and forms according to RL article 195. 6. If the designated operator of the land received in any other chosen depeš operator forwards the closed transit by air, the designated operators concerned shall agree on the conditions of such a ship, concluding a special agreement. RL article 193 tests communication preparation 1. depeš transmission of the best route and the time of the transfer of depeš country exchange place of destination mail can be sent to the institution CNA dispatch inspection notice 44. This statement inserts the depeš and add the CN 31 Letter card, which is attached to the communication in question, indicate the mark in the relevant box in table 4 (CN letter card 32, table 3). If the depeš does not receive a form 44, destination CNS postal authority prepares a copy. The destination post offices send a duly completed notice of inspection by the fastest route (air or ground) sent back to the address indicated or if such indications are not a postal authority that that statement is prepared. 2. open in transit to the designated operator of the consignment for dispatch sent the best route and the time of the transfer, the public postal Exchange place of destination can be sent to the designated operator CN shipping inspection notice 44. This statement inserts the envelope bearing front upper right corner write "CN 44". Country of destination designated operators duly completed shipping inspection notification sent back along the quickest route (air or ground). 3. If the designated operator of the country of destination finds significant delays and found the fastest route, it can prepare the ship inspection notice 44 CNS and suggest the best route and closed depeš and consignments that are sent in transit with other public designated operator. Post the transfer operator chosen considering the State of the country of destination post offices offer. RL article 194, the transfer of 1. Depeš priority depeš and terrestrial depeš. 1.1. If among the relevant designated operators is not a special arrangement, the transfer of depeš between the two balancing authorities carried out using CN 37 cover letter. Prepare two copies of a cover letter. The first recipient of the authority provided for in the second, the authority of the sender. The requested authority shall confirm receipt of the second copy and immediately send it back to the fastest route (air or ground). 1.2. CN 37 cover letter can be prepared in triplicate if depeš transfer between two balancing authorities takes place using the transport service. In this case, the first copy is for the receiving institution, and adds it to the depeš. The second copy of the receipt of the approved transport service and pass it to the authority of the sender. Third copy after it is signed by the authority requested, keep transport service. 1.3. CN 37 cover letter can be prepared in three original copies, even if sending depeš made using transport, with no accompanying staff. The first two copies together with the depeš, and the third copy shall be retained by the authority of the sender. The first copy is for the receiving institution, and the second a copy of the duly signed it, using the fastest route, send to the authority of the sender. 1.4. based on its own internal rules individually designated operators may ask that the correspondence of letters and parcels are prepared depeš separate CN 37 cover letter. 1.5. If the transfer of depeš between the two institutions is going through sea transport, postal exchanges place the sender can prepare the fourth CN 37 cover letter a copy that mail Exchange after confirmation the requested place of return. In this case, the third and the fourth copy is added to depeš. One copy of 37 cover letter CN before with airmail or by electronic mail, or any other suitable telecommunication means, either send mail to recipients in the Exchange place or port of destination, or its central administration. 2. Aviodepeš and depeš of the land, which is sending by air (ISLAND). 2.1. Depeš, which must be handed over at the airport, accompanied by five CN 38 cover letter copy for each waypoint in aviodepeš or in the case of CN form 41 land depeš that sent by air (ISLAND). 2.2. One CN or CN 41 38 cover letter, a copy of which, depeš, signature by the airline or the authority responsible for services on the ground, with the authority of the sender. 2.3. two CN or CN 41 38 cover letter copy loading keep the airline at the airport, carrying depeš. 2.4. two CN or CN 38 41 inserts a copy of the cover letter CN 45 envelope. Such copies of the aircraft carried Briefcase or another flight in a special bag that stores flight documents. Upon arrival at the airport of unloading, depeš the first copy that, in depeš, is duly signed, with the airline, which carried the depeš. The second copy is added to the depeš got into the post office, which is in the CN or CN 41 38 cover letter. 2.5. CN or CN 41 38 cover letter that the air carrier has sent by electronic mail, the mail may be accepted in place of the Exchange recipient, if both are not available now in paragraph 2 referred to in 4 copies. In this case, the two CN or CN 41 38 cover letter copies of the airport of destination before submitting it to the designated recipient must be signed by the operator of an air carrier representative. Except in the case referred to in point 2.5.1 and 2.6., one copy of the certifying signature depeš, the designated beneficiary and the operator reserves the carriers. The second copy shall in any case be added to the depeš got into the post office, which is in the CN or CN 41 38 cover letter. 2.5.1. the successful operators that consignments of depeš that are received from carriers, have developed an electronic registration system, CN or CN 41 38 form design procedures for the site that described in point 2.5, you can use the consignment received registration data. CN or CN 41 38 signed copy of the form instead of the designated air carrier the recipient operator can issue a registration data received electronically printed on the depeš. 2.6. If the designated operators and airlines have agreed to advance, CN and CN 41 38 cover letter can be transmitted electronically using the appropriate EDI standard notifications according to the procedure described in 2.7. -2.12, instead, to pass and sign the paper cover letter, as described in point 2.1. 2.7. service of National Post operator sends a standard announcement, CARDIO which is equivalent to the CN or CN 41 38 cover letter. Post the transfer DNA operator requires that the relevant airline or on land transport services responsible authority electronically recorded receipt of depeš and send the data using the standard RESDI "Get", thus confirming the receipt of any container in the mailing group. 2.8. any transfer of the designated National Post operator requires that the relevant airline or on land transport services, the responsible authority shall register the transfer of consignments electronically and sent to RESDI standard message "delivered". 2.9. any transfer of the designated National Post operator sends default notification of designated PRECON operator, to which the shipment is addressed to the group. 2.10. the operator who receives the shipment, send a standard announcement mailing RESCON referrals the designated operator of the country. 2.11. the transfer of the National Post operator requires that the airline your system stores the data and the RESDI CARDIA receipt and delivery data and transmit it to the authority, which is responsible for land transport services post transfer, transit, and destination airport. Post the transfer of national and the country of destination designated operators keep the relevant information in their systems. 2.12 in the event of a request by designated operators provide the information available, including information received from airlines. 2.13. If depeš land of sending an interim designated operator, for which they must be transferred to the depeš to add the airmail, CN or CN 41 38 cover letter for the interim authority. In connection with the aviodepeš, which are transmitted through the land, also make the CN or CN 41 38 cover letter for the country of destination. 3. the Depeš shall in good condition. But in relation to the damage or theft from depeš can not refuse. 4. If CN CN CN 37, 38 and 41 cover letter shall be prepared and sent electronically to the on-line service or the cooperation of the transport agent, not directly participating in the designated operator of the employees and without this cover letter printing, transport activities by designated operators or involved companies may agree that the signature on the receipt is not required. 5.1-4. the provisions set out in paragraph 1 shall also apply to the depeš mail vairumsūtījum. 195.37, CN pantsCN RL 38 or 41 cover letter preparation and CNA testing 1. Cover letter shall be completed according to the layout on the basis of the information specified in the container or a tag next to the address. Containers of the total number and weight of each depeš (including containers, which are exempt from galamak) indicates total according to category. Consignment transfer of national operators information for each container can be specified separately if they want to do it. But the intermediate state or the transit State shall be recorded each individual transit containers, keeping the post of State designated the transfer operator for the transfer of consignments specified State designated operator, the postal authority of the country of destination, as well as the depeš and the container number. Six symbol IMPC code identifying the country in which the bag is released, and the country of destination, point 2 and 3, respectively. The tare weight and the number of units that have a red tag, specified separately; cover letter for the column "comments" denoted by the letter "R". 2. If the shipment contains a priority road depeš, CNA cover letter's 37 in the "remarks" box of the designation "PRIOR". 3. the common bag of depeš inserted in the record in a separate cover letter CN 38 with reference to the following. 4. If intermediate or destination postal authority's postal authority finds a record 38 or 41 error CN CN cover letter, it shall immediately make corrections. For the error, using the CN statement checks the 43 reported the last postal Exchange sites, as well as the sender for the mail exchange where the prepared depeš. To report a violation, the designated operators may agree to electronic mail or any other suitable telecommunication means systematic use. 5. when the depeš is placed in a container, which is aizplombēj by the postal service, CN, CN or CN 38 37 41 pavadraksto respectively in the space provided in the records of each container number and the seal number. 196.37, CN pantsCN RL 38 or 41 the lack of cover letter CN 1. If the missing CN 37 cover letter, the destination country postal authority prepares it for goods received three copies. Two copies, which add a CN test notification sending 43 body sender, which one of the copies shall be returned when it is verified and signed. 2. If the destination airport or depeš intermediate airport, which is responsible for their transfer to another carrier, you receive free CNA 38 or CN 41, the designated operator cover letter in which jurisdiction the airport, automatically making it. Prepared a cover letter signed by the carrier, of which the depeš is received. The CNA test communication and 43 together with two copies of the prepared statement to CNA 38 sends the mail body that is responsible for loading the depeš. The postal authority asked one of the copies sent back duly approved. 3. If the original CN or CN 41 38 cover letter, the designated operator who received the depeš, accept the airline's prepared CNS 46 replacement cover letter. Notify the sender of the mail body using CN inspection notice 43, accompanied by two CN 46 replacement copies of the cover letter. 4. in order to resolve cases in connection with CN or CN 41 38 cover letter, lack of designated operators may agree to electronic mail or any other suitable telecommunication means systematic use. 5. mail exchange place at the airport of destination or intermediate airport, which is responsible for the transfer of depeš to the carrier may, without preparing the inspection notification, 43 CNS to accept the original carrier CN CN provided 38 or 41 cover letter that you send to the Office of the carrier at the airport was sent electronically and which is signed by the carrier's representative at the airport, in which depeš is landed. 6. If you can not determine the loading airport checks message sent directly to the sender of the mail body depeš to send this message to it the postal authority, through which depeš was sent. 197. pantsDepeš assay in RL 1. Everyone's postal authority that receives depeš, check: 1. a reference to the depeš and in the cover letter the containers shipping point and destination; 1.2. seals and art bags the red tag attached; 1.3. the accuracy of the information in the cover letter. 2. CN CN CN 34, 35 or 36 tags in the specified weight checks at random or systematic. Post mailing place of service of postal authorities data is considered correct if the weight or the number of identified gap: 2.1. land or land depeš depeš, sent by air (ISLAND), in the case of containers is 200 grams or less; 2.2. aviodepeš, depeš or depeš the priority of a to the vairumsūtījum in the case of containers is 100 grams or less; 2.3. in the case of consignment is IBR 100 grams or less or 20 items or less. 3. If intermediate or destination postal authority's postal authority finds that the difference between the actual and the tare weight specified or the difference between the actual and the IBR shipment weight and the number of specified is greater than the limits provided for in 2.1., 2.2., 2.3., or, where appropriate, make corrections, and tag of a cover letter. It immediately using the CN statement checks for 43 error inform shipping Exchange site and, where appropriate, the last intermediate Exchange site. 4. If the interim authority receives the post of depeš in poor condition, and if it feels that the content is damaged, it shall take the appropriate examination. Depeš placed in new packaging in the State in which it was received. The authority of the original tag overwrites the information in the new tags, and new tags are hereby kalendārzīmog footprint, in front of which places the "Remballé ..." (Repeat packed [...]). It prepares the CN notice of inspection and 43 single copy inserts packaged in depeš again. 5. on receipt of the mail destination depeš, swap space: 5.1 It checks whether depeš is complete and whether it is received according to the order that it was sent. 5.2. It shall verify that the map of letters and, where appropriate, CN and CN shipment cards 16 33 special list entries are properly made. 5.3. It shall ensure, or there are no violations in connection with the external design of the external container units and packages, envelopes or internal containers which are insured. 5.4. It checks the number of insured post and look at it separately, among other things, check the weight of the seals and markings, and make sure that the consignment in arrears is properly sealed and accompanied by the appropriate payment form. 5.5. It shall ensure that the express shipment, sent in a special container or containers containing a letter card immediately comes into the domestic system, so they will be sent out as possible and delivered. 5.6. If it is found that is not depeš, or depeš is missing one or more containers are missing, it shall promptly record the two employees. They carry out the necessary corrections letter cards or specific lists. Incorrect entries in the case in question is deleted, so that the original record should be legible. If not a manifest error correction gives priority in comparison with the original records. 5.7. the procedure provided for in point 5.6 is also used when you have found other inconsistencies, such as missing items, insured parcels, letters written to a card, send a card or a special list. 5.8. If the missing letter cards, card or special dispatch list, the authority requested in addition to prepare new stationery card, send a card or a specific list, or a precise statement of the insured received or recorded messages. 6. additional information about the vairumsūtījum of the depeš mail 6.1. verification notice sent 43 CNS mailing service of national operator, adding a replacement letter card 32 CNS in which detailed information on the mail vairumsūtījum depeš indicates the following conditions: 6.1.1 the designated operator of the sender chose to design with depeš mail mail vairumsūtījum, but vairumsūtījum are sent to the other depeš; 6.1.2. depeš with vairumsūtījum is not added postal CN letter card 32; 6.1.3. the designated operator of the country of destination will receive mail for vairumsūtījum has been announced, but immediately apply special payment; in this case, the country of destination designated operator depeš the designated operator for the transfer of using telecommunications, sent to the CN and CN 43 32 forms. 6.2. In the cases provided for in subparagraph 6.1.3, and 6.1.1, CN 31 Letter card that accompanies the depeš that contains the mail vairumsūtījum, take appropriate corrections and send by adding it to the CN inspection notice. 43 7. If depeš is open, forming part of the clasp (lead or other seals, cord, label) stored together. To do this, cut the cord, just one place. 8. Each operator designated in accordance with national laws and procedures, consistent with the national customs administration, have the right to open and inspect the received M bags in order to verify their conformity with the provisions of the objects specified in article 7.1 LV 126-7.5, and ensure compliance with the customs rules. Consignments that do not conform to those provisions, the designated operator of the country of destination, the final payments apply tariffs on priority and non-priority items. To inform the public of the transfer of the consignment, the designated operator about CN 31 Letter card, CN is prepared statement check 43 9. If the authority receives a letter card, send cards or specific lists which are not intended for, so these documents or, if it is laid down in its internal rules, certified transcripts thereof by the fastest route (air or ground) sends the mail to the recipient institution. 10. Concerning irregularities detected, you receive a depeš in which you are insured, are required to report, without delay, the transfer of the consignment service. Notice of missing shipment, changes or any other violation, for which the designated operators may be liable in connection with the insured parcels, instantly using telecommunications, sends the mail to the sender or to the place of exchange of intermediate service. In addition, CN shall also be 24 official act. The Act specifies the position of the depeš package was received. Act as registered mail sent to the central authority of the State in which the place of sending mail exchange where the package was released separately from the CN statement that 43 checks promptly to that authority. A copy of the Act at the same time transmitted either to the central authority of the State within whose jurisdiction the place of Exchange mail recipient, or other authority, which specified that the selected operator. 11. mail exchange where the postal authority receives a damaged or insufficiently packed insured shipment, send it on, subject to the following provisions. 11.1. If the seals are small lesions or partially destroyed, it is sufficient if the insured shipment of new sealing the to protect the contents of the consignment. It is permitted to do, if you see that the contents are not damaged and then, if the weighing, the weight is dropped. Saves the current seal. If desired, insure consignments are packed again, keep the original packaging. Reuse packaging can be made by inserting the damaged shipment containers with a tag and a aizplombēj with a lead seal. In this case, the repeated sealing the damaged shipment is required. Tag placed on the container label "in the Envo avec valeur déclaré endommagé (damaged insured item). It specifies the following information: serial number of the transfer site, the post office, the sum insured, the recipient's name and address, kalendārzīmog footprint and its employee's signature that post posted in the bag. 11.2. If the insured post position is such that there are suspicions about removal of content, the authority opened the consignment, if this is not contrary to national law, and examine its contents. The results of this test indicate the official CN 24 Act. A copy of this Act added to the insured. Post again packed. 11.3. in all these cases the insured shipment weight is checked upon arrival and after packing, and it shall be indicated on the packaging. Behind these instructions write the words "Scellé d ' Office à ..." (Sealed [...]) or "Remballé à..." (Repeat packed [...]). This reference adds kalendārzīmog fingerprint and signature of the employee performing the sealing or packing again. 12. If irregularities are found during the inspection may not under any circumstances be an excuse to post that placed in checked depeš, sent back, except in the case provided for in article 18 of the Convention. 198. pantsPārbaud statement in RL 1. the infringements found immediately notify the transfer of depeš national post authority, using CN inspection notice 43 after full examination of the depeš drawn up in two copies. Case of transit shall send notice of the examination for the last interim authority that sent the depeš in poor condition. 2. the inspection shall indicate in the notice as more accurate information about the tags, bags or other containers, seal, wrapping, packaging or delivery. If depeš contains packages which are added to CN and CN 26 25 tags, they added in the verification statement. If found in violation of the service that leads to the suspicion of loss or izzagšan, then check the communication as a more detailed description of the situation of the depeš package was received. You can also make the appropriate tag, bag or other container, seal, wrap, package or shipment dates back to digital photos. 3. If it is not possible for justified reasons, following the items stored in the six weeks from the date of the test and, upon request, forward to the transfer of the national post operator: 3.1 the bag or envelope, or other container with twine, tags and lead or other types of seals; 3.2. internal and external packaging or container in which the insured shipments and consignments were inserted record; 3.3. the damaged shipment packaging, if it can be recovered from the recipient. 4. If the depeš sent by carrier, CN CN CN 41 37, 38 or cover letter, in which the violations, which the intermediary country or country of destination designated operator established by the depeš at the time of receipt, if possible, the signature of the carrier or his representative, as well as of the country of transit or of destination designated by the operator who receives the depeš concerned, thereby confirming that the infringement was established. If the reservations regarding the carrier's services, they must be mentioned CN CN CN 37, 38 or 41 copies of the cover letter. If depeš are transported in containers, the above disclaimers apply only to the container, and seal it. The designated operators who exchange information electronically, the analogy can be applied to the procedure described in article 194 RL 2.6. above. 5. In the cases provided for in article 197 of the LV 4., 5. and in paragraph 9, the transfer site mail body and, where appropriate, the last intermediate mail exchange, using telecommunications, can send additional notices that it pay the designated operator that sends the message. This notification is sent if the depeš are visible signs that it is corrupt, to transfer the shipment location postal authority or intermediate body may immediately make screening. To continue testing, if necessary, the interim authority notice using telecommunications, transmitted in advance to the selected operator. 6. If the depeš does not get delayed due to handling or if the reason is indicated in the cover letter accordingly, CN shall prepare an inspection notice 43 only if depeš is a post office in the recipient does not receive the next mailing. 7. as soon as you receive a depeš, for which no receipt was reported in the place of service of postal authority and, where appropriate, the last interim authority, prepare a second inspection, report of receipts and depeš which by the fastest route (air or ground) sent to the said authorities. 8. If requested, the authority responsible for the verification of the consignment depeš, putting the national postal authority and, where appropriate, the last intermediate mail Exchange site via the fastest route (air or ground) has not sent a notice of violation 43 CNS within one month after receipt of the depeš, then, until it is proven otherwise (one month), it is considered that it has received the depeš and its contents. The same assumption made regarding the threats that check is not mentioned in the notice or does not provide complete information. The same rule shall apply if this article has not been complied with and the provisions of article 197 RL of the remaining formalities. 9. the inspection notification is desirable to send by fax or by any other electronic means of communication. If such practice is not, then the above statement sent by the fastest route (air or ground). 10. Verification notice sent by mail, send the envelopes on which the bold lettering "Bulletin de verification (verification statement). These envelopes can be printed, or they can be separated, using for this purpose the stamp to make a clear indication. 11. Postal authorities that send notifications, inspections as soon as possible after their evaluation and relevant notes and no later than one month after it sent them back to the mail exchange it where it is transmitted, preferably by electronic means or as priority shipments. Verification statement shall be considered as fully accepted until proven other position: 11.1. If they do not provide a response within two months after the date of dispatch, and it refers to the verification statements are not sent as priority shipments (ISLAND or land depeš); 11.2. If the designated operator of the sender during that period has not received notice of the start of the inspection, which may be necessary, or for the transmission of documents. RL 199. pantsNepareiz sent mailings 1. Incorrect shipments sent without delay forward to the destination by the quickest route. RL 200. pantsVeicam measures, the event 1. If the accident occurs during transport and ship, train, aircraft, or other vehicle cannot continue on the path of depeš and deliver the planned port of call or in the station, the crew of the depeš pass to the site of the accident to the nearest post office or at the post office, which is the best depeš can send the next. If the crew cannot be done, then the postal authority, receive information about the accident, take immediate action to take over the depeš and send it to the destination by the quickest route, after a check of its condition and to prevent damage to the consignment. 2. the designated operator of the country in which the accident happened with telecommunications, inform the previous ports of call or on depeš in the future of the station. The designated operators referred to in turn, using the same means to inform all other relevant selection operators. 3. the designated operators, which the depeš was on the vehicle involved in the accident, CN, CN sent 37 38 41 copies of the cover letter or CNN its designated operator of the country where the accident happened. 4. Then choose mail notifies the destination post offices for the depeš involved in the case, not using the CN notice of inspection, and 43 points at the accident conditions and depeš the test results. Each inspection a copy of the notice sent to the transfer of the depeš national postal authority and the other for the operator designated by the country from which the transport company. These documents shall be sent by the fastest route (air or ground). RL 201. pantsPasākum to be performed, if the flight is interrupted or if the aviodepeš or depeš of the land carried by air (ISLAND) is redirected or improperly shipped 1. If the aircraft stopped a flight for so long that the sending of depeš may be delayed, or if for some reason the depeš landed at the airport, which is not specified in CN or CN 41 38 cover letter, depeš of DNA transfer operator ensures that the airline will respect all the mutual agreement with airline requirements for direct handling, or will contact the post service of the State designated operator instructions. 2. the operator who receives the tag incorrectly sent due to aviodepeš or send by air land or depeš container, depeš or containers concerned unit affixed to the new tag, which specifies the location of the transfer of the parcel post office, and route it to the correct destination. 3. in any event, the postal authority, which made the transfer, inform the transfer shipment location postal authority, in respect of each depeš or containers in preparing the verification statement and 43 CNS inspection notice stating the airline, from which depeš was retrieved, and a service (air or land) that was used to transfer depeš to your destination, as well as the reason for the incorrect targeting, such as handling errors or error tag. RL 202. pantsPasākum, conducted a temporary service interruption and resume the case 1. If the services will be temporarily suspended, the designated operator or designated operators must notify via telecommunications, if possible, indicate the expected duration of the break. The same procedure is followed when the service is restarted. 2. If it is considered necessary, the General notification of service interruptions or reopening shall inform the International Bureau. Where appropriate, the selection of the International Bureau shall inform the operators through telecommunications. 3. If the service interruption due to the transport of the consignment in question has gained some benefit or it has not been at all, the designated operator of the sender can pay the sender postal tariffs, special tariffs and air papildtarif. 203. pantsTukš-RL tare atapakaļsūtīšan 1. for the purposes of this article, the term "bags" is used to mean "a bag or other container used designated operators or those owned by the mail transport". 2. Empty the bag owners decide whether to send the bag back, and then, if they are sent back, the vehicle should be used. However, the designated operator of the country of destination has the right to send back the sacks that this country can not be cheap and easy to burn. The transfer of national post operator shall bear the costs for return of such bags. 3. If among the relevant designated operators is not agreed, then empty the bag shall be sent to the country to which they belong, with the next consignment of depeš if possible using the normal outbound shipments for the route. With each bag of depeš the number of the returned point CN letter card 31 table 4 (CN letter card 32 table 3). This indication is not required if the two designated operators have agreed that the letters on the map indicates only the bag with red tags. 4. Post the transfer of national operators to send back the empty bags, you can design a special depeš. But the special depeš design is a must, if requested by the country of transit or of destination designated by the operator. For bags that are sent back by air mail, special depeš design is mandatory. Special depeš description CN CN 31 Letter 47 pavadraksto and maps. If the empty bag in a special depeš that are shipped by land, not issued, the empty bag specifies the number and weight of 37 cover letter in the CNS. 5. Return designated for this purpose between the mail exchange. The designated operators concerned can agree on mutual return procedure. If services are delivered over long distances, they usually designate only one authority responsible for the designated operator of the empty bags atpakaļnosūtīt. 6. Empty the bag in appropriate future bundles. Case bags placed large quantities of tags, the canvas tag, parchment, or other durable material. 7. If the empty bag and sent it back on the ground, not too much, you can put the containers in which the correspondence of letters. In all cases, including when the empty sacks are returned by airmail, place them in a separate container, the mail Exchange site name. If between the designated operators is the agreement, then that can its hold may be sealed containers. The tags placed "Sac environment" (empty bags). 8. Bags used for printed materials, which are sent to one recipient on the same address (M bags), from the recipient recovers after transfer printing and sends back to its designated operator of the country to which they belong, in accordance with the above rules. 9. If the designated operator of the examination shows that it owned container is not sent back to the period of time required for transfer (shuttle), it has the right to claim compensation for the value of the container in accordance with paragraph 10. The designated operator concerned may refuse to pay compensation only if it can be shown that these bags have been sent back. 10. each designated operator regularly and uniformly determined the value of the SDR units, each type of tag used swap space, and notify their respective designated operators in the International Office. If you need to pay compensation, then also take account of the cost of replacement of containers. 11. If the advance has been agreed, then the operator chosen to design your aviodepeš, you can use the container that belongs to the country of destination designated by the operator. You may not use the containers that belong to third parties. 12. The designated operator of the sender can specify if it wants to back is sent to the container, which is used for specific shipments. This indication shall be made based on the map, which is used in the relevant consignment. 13. The returned the empty bag registration is carried out on the basis of the Universal Postal Union International Bureau issued statistical and Books Guide. RL 204. pantsDepeš Exchange with military units 1. interim designated operators as early as possible, informed that the Exchange is launched with a closed depeš, as referred to in article 21 of the Convention. 2. To address those depeš to indicate the following: […] the postal authorities.................................................. or or Of [country name] sea (or air) unit of force [vienībasapzīmējum] that is in … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ….
From [country name] Board [ship name] located. … (Country)
3. the depeš shall be sent by the fastest route (air or ground) as indicated on the side where the address of the article, and under the same conditions, as happens in the depeš exchange between postal authorities. 4. The post of master of the ship, which is carrying naval unit or warship designed for depeš, by its naval unit commander or destination, if it'd make the delivery path. 5. If you receive the ship of depeš, it is not addressed in the relevant destination depeš in a post office until after they arrive in the recipient or they are transferred to another location. Transfer may require the selected operator to the sender, the Naval Commander of the ship or destination, or Consul of the country concerned. 6. Depeš, which is the "Aux ' soin du Consul d. .." ([...] Consul) Consulate in delivery. After the Consul's request, they can then be returned to the postal service and transfer to the place of departure or to another address. 7. Depeš, which is addressed in the warship, considered the depeš for transit until they pass the ship's Commander, even if the original depeš are addressed to the postal authority or Consul, who was authorized to act as the sender. Thus, such depeš are not considered within the delivered address, if they are not delivered to the warship. 8. If the designated operators have agreed on it, the procedure described above, if necessary, applies also to depeš, with which the exchange of military units, which are the responsibility of the United Nations and military aviation aircraft. 10. nodaļaPakalpojum quality pantsPakalpojum quality RL 205. goals 1. Member States or the designated operators to periodically check compliance with the time limits set, either through the International Office or regional association survey, or on the basis of a bilateral agreement. 2. It is also desirable that the Member States or the designated operators to periodically check the time limits laid down are followed by another quality control system, in particular an external quality control. 3. Member States shall, where possible, or designated operators introduce international depeš (both outgoing and incoming) quality control system; If possible, it checks the time of collection to delivery (from end to end). 4. All successful operators, the International Bureau provided an update on the transport later in the time of arrival (LT), under which they operate in international mail needs. About changes as soon as they are scheduled to be reported to the International Bureau before making changes can be communicated to the designated operators. 5. If possible, priority and non-priority flow of packages provide the individual information. 11. nodaļaTranzītmaks and final settlement in RL 206. pantsTranzītmaks. 1. The General rules for the calculation of road depeš tranzītmaks 1.1 and aviodepeš processing of transit fee calculation for each consignment transfer of State designated operator transit operator chosen state once a year. It is based on the weight of the received depeš, which shipped during the year in question. The calculation of the tariff referred to in article 208 RL. 1.2. the Tranzītmaks and aviodepeš of transit processing fee covers the transfer of national depeš the designated operator. The charges, except in the case provided for in point 1.4, receives the national designated crossing operators or those operators whose designated authorities participating in depeš transport by land or sea. 1.3. the settlement of depeš in transit by sea can be made directly between the depeš the transfer of national operators and the shipping companies or their representatives. The port of departure before the designated operator gives its consent. 1.4. If the designated operators involved between specifically agreed, the RL 208. tranzītmaks scale referred to in article aviodepeš shall apply, by land or by sea. However, the transit shipment of tariff do not apply: 1.4.1. aviodepeš transfer between two airports serving the same city; 1.4.2. the depeš from the airport serving the town, at the store, which is located in the same city and the same depeš brought back to the airport to do the transfer. 2. If the designated operators must resolve a dispute over the results of the year, the designated operators asked its Member States to act in accordance with the procedure provided for in the rules of procedure of the General article 153. The arbitrators are empowered to determine fairly and reasonably tranzītmaks payable and final settlement taken. A. Tranzītmaks RL. application of 1 207 pantsTranzītmaks. If specifically agreed, direct sea transport between the two countries, with one of the vessels of these countries shall be considered a third party service. 2. maritime transit begins when the depeš are passed on to the designated operator of the sender selected the shipping company and ends when depeš are passed on to the concerned country of destination designated by the operator or the country of destination designated operator has passed the cover letter or any other relevant document, depending on what is passed as soon as possible. Marine tranzītmaks, which pays the designated operator, including all costs incurred by the shipping company in port of call. If the country of destination designated operator must pay the additional fee for services rendered before the said notification, such as port charges, fees, Terminal of the channel or berth fees for related services and other similar charges on containers loaded or depeš with vairumsūtījum in the treatment of mail, then the designated operator of the country of destination has the right of the operator to request the sender compensation for these additional costs. However, the country of destination the successful operator will bear the storage costs incurred after the shipping company has announced that depeš is physically available. 2.1. Notwithstanding paragraph 2, for the country of destination depeš the designated operator of the transfer of the national post operator charged the amount corresponding to the port storage fees, if the consignment of the place of service of postal authority RL article 194 paragraph 1.5 is not sent within the time provided for CNA cover letter copy of 37. 2.2. additional tranzītmaks of the seas claimed by using a separate invoice 62b CNS, as specified in article 2.2.239 RL. 3. If other public transport service transport crossing the territory of a country's services in accordance with article 171 of the RL is not participating in the carriage, the following shall not apply to the transport depeš transit shipment of tariff. 4. All the countries which send and accept the depeš of the sea, in a list with postal managers and senior officials address must be specified with the depeš of the sea-related contact address, including physical address, phone, fax, and e-mail address. In case you need to specify two addresses, if the selected operator is a separate postal authorities responsible for import and export of goods. To make the previous notification, each designated operator, if possible, is to create a generic email address (e.g. seamail@xxpost.com). RL 208.1. Tranzītmaks pantsTranzītmaks paid depeš for the transfer of the designated operator, calculated based on the following components: 1.1. tariff for transit depeš processing is 0.195 SDRS per kilo; 1.2. tariff for distance: 1.2.1. the air-air standard, defined by the postal operations Council, using the LV formula referred to in article 244; 1.2.2. road transport: 1.2.2.1.0.200 thousandths of SDRS per kilo and per kilometre up to 1 500 kilometres; 1.2.2.2.0.140 thousandths of SDR per kilogram and for the additional kilometres to 5 000 kilometres; 1.2.2.3. of part of SDR 0.100 per kilo and per additional kilometer; 1.2.2.4. tariff for distance calculation, that the distance of 100 kilometers, is based on the average value of each step; 1.2.3. sea transport: 1.2.3.1 0.070 thousandths of SDR per kilogram and the nautical mile (1.852 km) up to 1 000 nautical miles; 1.2.3.2.0.040 thousandths of SDR per kilogram and for additional nautical mile to 2 000 nautical miles; 1.2.3.3.0.034 thousandths of SDR per kilogram and for additional nautical mile to 4 000 nautical miles; 1.2.3.4.0.022 thousandths of SDR per kilogram and for additional nautical mile to 10 000 nautical miles; part of SDR 1.2.3.5.0.015 per kilogram and for additional nautical mile; 1.2.3.6. tariff based on distance, calculated that the distance is 100 nautical miles, based on the average value of each step. RL 209. pantsAttālum. 1 kilometers Away, used for the determination of tranzītmaks of distance transport by land in accordance with RL 208. Article 1.2. section are listed in the transit of mail carried overland sector distance list, published by the International Bureau. RL 210. contingency services. Intermodal 1. RL 208. referred to in article tranzītmaks shall not apply to carriage performed by the emergency services after one or more of the designated operator request created by someone else or the designated operator. On the conditions of transport designated operators concerned can agree with. 2. If the designated operator of the operator's other terrestrial depeš send via land and sea transport combination, the designated operators agree on the conditions of such transfer, concluding a special agreement. 211. pantsMaks calculating the RL and the record of the high transit consignments and consignments sent incorrect 1. The General rules. 1.1. Each designated operator that packages sent to the public transit, is the right of transfer of national post operator to charge tranzītmaks to cover the costs incurred for processing of consignments in transit and transport, as well as the final settlement increases to be paid in the country of destination designated by the operator. Tranzītmaks, calculated on the basis of the net weight. 1.2. determination of the consignments, Tranzītmaks forward in open in transit depending on country group 1.2.1. Tranzītmaks is determined depending on the destination country. The group must not be greater than 10. each group Tranzītmaks corresponds to the weighted average of tranzītmaks paid by the various destination countries in the group in question. The weighted index is calculated according to the amount of depeš, which in transit transfers for each country in the group in question. 1.3. calculation of the fee the fee for open 1.3.1. transit transfer shipment processing 1.3.1.1. Fee for public transit transfer shipment processing, the basis for calculating the fee specified in article 1.1 of the RL 208. above. 1.3.2. The fee for the open in transit transport of consignments transferred shall Pay for public transit. the transfer shipment by land transport is calculated based on the tariff for the distance specified in article 1.2.2.208 RL. Fees for public transit transfer shipment to transport airmail, the basis for calculating the tariffs specified in RL 244. paragraph 3 of article. 1.3.3. final settlement increases 1.3.3.1. The final settlement increase shall be calculated on the basis of the average of the difference between the designated country of transit operator received the final and final fees payable to the designated operator of the country of destination. 1.4. increase in open Tranzītmaks transit consignments 1.4.1. Tranzītmaks amount, calculated in accordance with point 1.3, for the high transit consignments forwarded by land, increased by 10% and open transit consignments forwarded by airmail, an increase of 5%. This increase indicates the CN 51 form. 1.5. incorrectly shipped items applicable charges 1.5.1. Each designated operator that forwards the incorrectly sent items, have the right to post a transfer from national operator to charge tranzītmaks for costs incurred in connection with this shipment processing and transportation as well as ultimately a settlement increases that it will pay the designated operator of the country of destination. Intermediate country the designated operator of the operator shall be entitled to request the sender to cover the relevant costs calculated according to paragraph 1, subparagraphs 2 through 4, adding 2 SDR/kg. 1.6. The high transit shipment tracking is usually done on the basis of the statistical data received, but at the request of the national transit operator, the records shall be based on the actual weight. 1.7. the accounts based on the actual weight, their consignment in the case wrongly sent or served on the Board, or if they are not sent on a regular basis or is being sent too different quantity of the consignment. However, such records shall be carried out only if the interim Government designated operator charged for a transit service provided. To this end, the interim national operator uses the CN 65 form accompanied by a CN test 43. The interim Government designated operator may agree with a surrender of the consignment, national operators that their mailing lists that are not correctly sent, based on statistics. 2. the production of statistics. 2.1. Statistics shall be carried out each year; year with an odd year in may, the annual accounts shall be kept with the couple's year-in October. 2.2. The compilation of statistics on public transit during the consignment shall be accompanied by a CN 65 cover letter. The CN tags in the mail bundles 26 and 65 for cover letter printed in CN letter "S". If depeš, which usually includes open transit consignments (recorded or unrecorded), such a consignment is not, then the depeš card adds the letters of one or two CN 65 cover letter bearing the indication "No Ant" (zero). 2.3. during all the production of statistics on the high transit shipments with CN 65 cover letter into the sealed bag that can be made of transparent plastic and which is inserted into the card containing the letters bag. 2.4. each designated operator, who sent the shipment discovered in transit, notify the operator about the interim designated all the records during the last changes of the regulations for this type of depeš. 3. CN 65 cover letter preparation and verification 3.1. CN 65 cover letter for each for a group of countries of destination the consignment shall be indicated separately. Cover letter uses two consecutive numbering of serial number strings – one not recorded messages, the second record shipments. CNA cover letter number 65 indicates the CN 31 Letter card table 4 (CN letter card 32 table 3) in the appropriate box. The designated operators of transit may require the use of specific CN 65 cover letter in which a specific order lists the most important group of countries. All CN 65 cover letter placed in the bag, which contains a letter card 31 CNA. 3.2. Each national group exposed the transit shipment weight rounded up to the nearest dekagram, if the part is equal dekagram with 5 grams or greater; otherwise it rounds down to the nearest dekagram. 3.3. If intermediate postal authority finds that the actual weight of shipments in transit from the specified weight is different by more than 20 grams, it takes 65 cover letter and corrections to CN immediately about this error informs the sender of the mail Exchange site using CN inspection notification. 43 If non-compliance is found above the limit, then the postal authorities of the size specified sender does not change. 3.4. If not accompanied by a cover letter, or 65 CNS case when depeš is incorrectly sent items, CN 65 cover letter, prepare in the usual order, and for this offence shall inform the place of transfer of the parcel post office using the CN notice 43. 3.5. where a consignment sent the wrong total weight depeš, sent from one mail exchange, not more than 50 grams, CNA cover letter preparation of 65 in accordance with point 3.4 is made. 4. Open the transit shipments for which prepares invoices based on actual weight. 4.1. If the designated operator of transit require the tranzītmaks of public transit consignments are listed, based on actual weight, depeš, holding the post, accompanied by a cover letter that 65 CNS affixed to the letter cards. The same procedure is used in public transit consignments which are not included in the compilation of the statistics, and for which the invoices shall be based on the actual weight. 4.2. For consignments placed on board a ship on the high seas and that is paid for using the flag of the ship or its national postage stamps, in which the vessel is registered, add the CN 65 cover letter when they open in transit is passed to the operator chosen intermediate port of call. If the ship is not the postal authority, the consignment shall be accompanied by a list of the weight of the consignment on the basis of which the interim designated operator requires a fee for land or sea transit/transport for the ISLAND. CN 65 cover letter or list with shipment weight for each destination country for shipment weight, the date and the name of the vessel and the flag State, as well as the cover letter or list numbering carried out on each vessel separately, each year the numbering starting again. This information verifies the postal authority, which are released after their surrender on board. 5.67 weight list of CNA training 5.1. For open items received in transit and incorrect shipments sent to the designated operator vendor statistics each year at the end of the prepare CN 7 weight list based on the CN 65 pavadraksto information. Total weight specified in CN's list, 67 weight multiplied by 12 and according to CN or CN 51 62 record the invoice. When the invoice is based on the actual weight of shipments, CN 67 lists drawn up every month or every quarter, on the basis of relevant information provided by CN 65 pavadraksto. 212. pantsTranzītmaks for redirect RL or by the wrong route for depeš 1 sent. the designated country of transit operators are doing their best to move to the depeš the designated operator of the sender specified route. If, however, the depeš are diverted or sent over the wrong route, tranzītmaks, without applying the RL. Article 241, pays the designated operator participating in the said depeš of transit traffic. While the transfer of the national post operator may claim compensation from its designated operator, whose services were wrong in relation to the shipment. 213. pantsAviodepeš and ISLANDS RL depeš in transit by land 1. If between designated operators specifically agreed, the aviodepeš and the depeš ISLAND which in part from third countries the route is often transported by land, apply tranzītmaks. 2. In the above case, the tranzītmaks is calculated according to the actual gross weight that aviodepeš referred to CN and CN 41 38 cover letter cover letter and the island depeš-CN 36 tags. RL pantsTranzītmaks atpakaļsūtīt 214. for the empty bag by air or land 1. Tranzītmaks on the empty bag to return by air or land charged that the designated operator that owns this Tara. It is calculated on the basis of article 208 of the RL. Empty the bag of depeš payment that is 30% of the tranzītmaks on the depeš correspondence letters. 2. the operator who empty sacks are returned, do not have the right to claim compensation for the costs incurred by the State, if the weighted average transport distance of empty sacks to the State border is not greater than 300 km. If the weighted average distance is greater than 300 km, it may require the freight charge, but not the processing fee for a distance of more than 300 km away. 3. Transportation fee, which pays for transportation of the country where the bags sent back is fixed, determining a specific price per kg. This price includes transportation of the State, which pays for the transfer from different places to the mail exchange. It is calculated on the basis of the tariffs, which according to the amount actually paid for the carriage of the depeš in the country of destination, but this amount can not exceed the freight charge, provided for in article 208 of the RL. Average weighted distance calculated by the International Bureau, taking into account all the empty bag to the gross weight of the depeš, which shipped from that country. 4. the designated operators, requesting compensation for transport costs, until July 1, the International Bureau sends the data required for the weighted average distance and amount of calculation. The International Bureau before October 1 all the designated operators notify the weighted average distance and remuneration, and shall enter into force on 1 January of the following year. B. the final settlement. General RL account pantsGal. 215. 1. The General rules for the calculation of the letters correspondence 1.1 delivery charges, except M sacks, the designated operator of the creditor the final settlement shall be made once a year according to actual weight, depeš received the recorded and insured parcel post the actual number, as well as in the event of such records for the year, the number of shipments received. The rates provided for in the Convention in article 30 and 31. 1.2. For the designated operator for M bags final settlement shall be made in the accounts payable once a year, on the basis of weight, is the subject of a final settlement in accordance with the provisions of the Convention and article 31 30. 1.3. To determine the year of the transfer shipment weight and the number of its national operator, in which the depeš placed, for each depeš point: 1.3.1. weight of depeš (except for M bags); 1.3.2. the M bag weight if it is greater than 5 kilograms; 1.3.3. the M bag that weighs less than 5 kilograms; 1.3.4. depeš recorded in the number of shipments; 1.3.5. depeš in the number of insured shipments. 1.4. If the designated operators between specifically agreed, the relations between countries in the migration towards the number of consignments shall be fixed in accordance with article 229 and RL RL article 231. 1.5. If you must determine the number and weight of the vairumsūtījum, the depeš, uses this category article 186 the RL method. 1.6. the relevant designated operators can agree in their mutual relations to make a final settlement, using different statistical methods. They may also agree on another period that differs from that provided for in article 232 of the RL. 2. If the designated operators must resolve a dispute over the results of the year, the designated operators asked its Member States to act in accordance with the procedure provided for in the rules of procedure of the General article 153. The arbitrators are empowered to determine fairly and reasonably tranzītmaks payable and final settlement taken. 3. Exemption from the final settlement of the final billing 3.1 is released RL 110. paragraph 2 of article correspondence of letters referred to in items that are associated with the postal service, not delivered mails that were sent back to the site of the closed depeš transfer, and empty containers of depeš. 3.1.1. This exemption shall not apply to postal consignments delivered to that error came in the mail and in respect of which the designated operator is not charging mail fees. 3.2. IBR shipments are exempt from the final settlement. 216. pantsDalībvalst voluntary RL participation in migration towards 1. in accordance with article 29 of the Convention, paragraph 13, any Member State may declare voluntary migration towards accession. The designated operator of the country, which wants to join the migration towards, the International Bureau sends an unofficial notice not later than 1 June of the year before the year in which it wants to join the migration towards. International Bureau within 30 days after the receipt of the notification shall inform the migration towards countries. 2. accession of the Member State designated in the notice, the operator undertakes from January 1 next year to carry out all the statistics, accountancy and other actions that are associated with the migration towards membership. 3. the operator is designated by the Member State which wishes to join the migration towards to declare which of the follwing rules this country chooses to apply: 3.1 rules applicable in the migration towards countries and territories by 2010; 3.2 rules applicable in the migration towards countries and territories, starting from the year 2010; 3.3. the rules applicable in the migration towards countries and territories, starting in 2012; 3.4. rules applicable in the migration towards countries and territories, starting in 2014. 4. the notification is sent Before or together with the operator designated by the Member State which wishes to join the migration towards and apply the rules of migration towards referred to in 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3 shall inform the International Bureau of tariffs provided for RL and RL 220.221. article. Until July 1 of the year in which the accession takes place, the International Bureau migration towards countries and its national operator that accession, communicate to the tariff per consignment and per kilogram, according to which the Member will be paid, starting from January 1 next year. 5. the country which joins the migration towards, apply all related the rules, starting from January 1 of that year, when it launched the migration towards membership, according to your choice of which it announced, as laid down in paragraph 3. RL 217. pantsTieš the availability of domestic system 1. all countries of the Universal Postal Union operators designated by the International Bureau shall send the information about the conditions in relation to the availability of direct domestic services, including contact information (service sales managers), services, products and fees, operational and financial requirements, as well as Web sites that provide additional information. The designated operators of Web sites is information that any changes relating to the fees and other conditions that affect direct access, the International Bureau is notified before they enter into force. 2. On the basis of the information provided by the International Bureau UP to deploy direct Web site accessibility database and sends it to the designated operators involved in CD-ROM form. The International Bureau will periodically update the database. The International Bureau shall make available to the parties concerned also instruction manual. 3. The countries and territories designated operators that the migration towards a joined from the 2010 or 2012, shall notify the International Bureau whether they other designated operators provide direct access, as provided for in article 29 of the Convention, paragraph 4.3. The designated operator who chooses to use the two-year trial period at the end of that period, the International Bureau shall notify that it stop providing direct access, or that further direct access in a non-discriminatory manner will ensure all the designated operators. The International Bureau should also inform about it, if the new state migration towards the designated operator please direct access migration towards the designated operator of the country. In accordance with article 29, paragraph 4.3, this means that in this case, direct access is a must for all the designated operators. International Bureau accordingly updates the data in a database directly accessible. 4. The countries and territories designated operators, which is a transitional system, notify the International Bureau whether they other designated operators provide direct access, as provided for in article 29 of the Convention in point 4.4. The designated operator who chooses to use the two-year trial period at the end of that period, the International Bureau shall notify that it stop providing direct access, or that further direct access in a non-discriminatory manner will ensure all the designated operators. International Bureau accordingly updates the data in a database directly accessible. 5. the designated operators who want to use other designated operator direct accessibility features, before receiving the service contact the designated operator for the latest information and approved bilaterally agree on other outstanding issues. RL 218. pantsPapild compensation for additional services relating to insured and recorded for express shipments 1. General principles 1.1. Benefits related to the registered or insured shipments for UP to Convention article 29, paragraph 8, it may be increased in the case of designated operators who have decided in consideration for such shipments to be associated with an additional service offering components for other designated operators also have decided to remuneration for these shipments associated with the offering of additional services components. To be able to get additional compensation, the designated operator must meet certain conditions associated with each post category set out in paragraph 2 and 3. 1.2. The same consideration for express shipments, which is associated with the final settlement of the shipment and calculated in accordance with article 30 of the Convention 5-12, if the designated operators is the migration towards, and in accordance with article 31 of the Convention (3), where a designated operators is a transitional system, it may be increased in the case of designated operators who have decided in consideration for such shipments to be associated with an additional service offering components for other designated operators who also have decided to remuneration for these shipments associated with the provision of additional service components. To be able to get additional compensation, the designated operator concerned must meet the conditions with regard to this post category set out in paragraph 2 and 3. 2. additional service components 2.1. to designated operators who have decided to reward for record, express consignments to the insured or to link to additional service components offering, could get an additional reward, for those with the service that is associated with these packages, you must also provide the following additional service components. 2.1.1. the technical standards of the STREAM S10 barcode 2.1.1.1. For outgoing recorded, or express shipments insured must have a barcode identifier that matches UP the technical standard S10. 2.1.2. With outbound shipments of related information electronic 2.1.2.1. information about outgoing shipment minimum guidance events (EMC) must be sent to the country of destination concerned designated operator as soon as depeš is closed and sent. The relevant data element are defined in the RL 190 article 1.1 above. 2.1.3. With incoming shipments of related information electronic 2.1.3.1. information about an incoming shipment of the mandatory guidance events (EMD, the EMH and EMI) have to send the consignment involved the transfer of certain designated national operator and the quality objectives laid down in paragraph 3. The relevant data element are defined in the RL 190 article 1.1 above. 3. transfer deadlines and quality objectives 3.1 To the relationship between the State and the transfer of the shipment destination country the designated operator, corresponding to paragraph 2, on the conditions provided for in the incoming record, insured or express shipments can get additional compensation, the designated operator of the country of destination (for those concerned) must comply with the following figures in connection with information about a shipment of scanning events. 3.1.1. Seventy percent of shipments for which you have received a message about EMC events (consignment sent from the post Exchange), you must meet both the following conditions: 3.1.1.1. Eighty percent of the consignment referred to 72 hours from the time and date of the event must be sent to report on the events of the ELD; 3.1.1.2. Eighty percent of the consignment referred to 120 hours from the time and date of the event must be sent to either report on the EMH event (delivery not successful), or EMI event (final delivery), or both. 4. the additional amount of 4.1 on the total number of the incoming recorded, the insured or express post in each category, which the Exchange is between designated operators who have met 2.1.3.1. the conditions laid down in point and implemented paragraph 3 quality objectives envisaged, the transfer of the national operator of the country of destination, the designated operator pays additional compensation of 0.5 SDR per consignment. 5. The announcement of an additional service offering components 5.1. If in connection with the additional rewards are additional service components, then this must be notified to the International Bureau. The relevant information will be published in the collection of the correspondence of letters. Reporting and payment of additional remuneration to be made in the first quarter after the date of notification, but not earlier than two months after the date of notification. RL pantsRādītāj. 219. Review and test the evaluation 1.1 1. RL mentioned in article 218 of the quality objectives is assessed by means of an appropriate recognised system, which uses transfer scanned information. 1.2. In this context, prepare monthly and annual reports and forward them to the relevant designated operators. 2. reporting 2.1. Statements sets out the indicators on transfer scanned information regarding incoming shipments, which received each designated operator relations with other designated operators involved. 2.2. the International Bureau year-end reporting added to the list of categories, depending on the shipment point for that incoming shipments are received additional compensation. This information is sent to the designated operators concerned to the end of January next year. The report shall be deemed to have been approved if not received by the end of February the opposition. 3. the examination of the opposition 3.1. operators may object on the results, submitting evidence to the International Bureau. Postal Operations Council shall decide, on the basis of an assessment of the International Bureau. 4. Cost of 4.1. The cost of this additional service components of the Administration bear the designated operators involved.
RL 220. pantsGal billing tariff calculation States, as article 30 of the Convention 5-11 point 1. tariff referred to in article 30 of the Konvencj in paragraph 5, shall enter into force on 1 June, before the calendar year subject to final settlement. Reported to the International Bureau at the same date and in accordance with the provisions of article 221 RL. 2. Based on these tariffs, the sum of which is expressed in local currency, the International Bureau shall each year, by converting the amounts in question and when expressed in SDR, down the tariff on the shipment and the tariff per kilogram in accordance with points 3 and 4. To perform the calculation of the tariff SDRS, the International Bureau uses monthly average exchange rate for the period from 1 January to 31 May of the calendar year, before the subject of the final settlement. The calculated rates reported, sending out newsletters, not later than 1 July. 3. the tariff per consignment and per kilogram calculation by linear interpolation between the reference fares about 20 grams heavy correspondence letters mailing and 175 grams heavy correspondence letters mailing, as laid down in article 30 of the Convention, paragraph 5, if the weight is 10 grams, respectively, and 175 grams. Based on these tariffs, calculate the final revenue settlement of major consignments of 81.8 grams. 4. final settlement of shipment and the tariff per kilogram is determined by the following measures: 4.1 calculate the minimum final settlement revenue for heavy shipments 81.8 grams by using the minimum tariffs, specified in article 30 of the Convention UP; 4.2. calculate maximum deal settlement revenue for heavy shipments 81.8 grams, with maximum fares indicated UP Convention article 30 in respect of their national group to which you belong in the country concerned; 4.3. comparison of the final settlement proceeds obtained in accordance with paragraph 3, with the amounts collected in accordance with point 4 of point 1 and 2, and: 4.3.1. If this amount is lower than in accordance with paragraph 4, subparagraph 1 of the amount set out in the applicable tariff of the consignment and per kilogram shall comply with the relevant minimum tariffs set UP Convention article 30; 4.3.2. If this amount is according to point 4 and 2. (a) the specific amount limits, the minimum tariff per consignment and per kilogram multiplied by the following coefficients: according to paragraph 3, the revenue divided by the calculated according to paragraph 4, subparagraph 1 the estimated income. The resulting rates shall be rounded to three decimal places; 4.3.3. If this amount is greater than the corresponding paragraph 4 subparagraph 2 the amount specified, use the maximum tariff per consignment and per kilogram, which set UP the article 30 of the Convention with regard to their national group that the State belongs to. 5. final settlement rates, calculated in accordance with point 4, is in proportion to the adjusted so as to prevent the final billing revenue increase by more than 13% for heavy shipments 81.8 grams, compared with the previous year. 6. If the International Bureau up to June 1, does not provide information about the tariff, then the calculations shall be carried out using the tariff that the designated operator of the case used in the previous year. If the designated operator of the calculations shall be carried out first, then apply the tariffs that are intended for article 30 of the Convention, paragraph 10. 7. Notwithstanding paragraphs 2 and 6 the provisions referred to the International Bureau must be informed of any of the designated operator tariff reductions for domestic services specified in article 28 of the Convention 5.1 point. 8. the new rates, calculated in accordance with this article shall enter into force on January 1 and will remain in effect throughout the calendar year. In cases where other countries expressed opposition to specific tariffs or the International Bureau shall report on such rates in accordance with article 221 of the LV 6 and 7 point, calculated the tariff shall be considered provisional tariffs until the postal operations Council, as defined in article 221 of the RL 8. RL 221. pantsNosacījum relating to information on reference fees required for the final settlement of tariff calculation 1. Article 30 of the Convention, in domestic service fees (reference fees) required for the final settlement of tariff calculation must correspond to the fees for domestic shipments, which are equivalent to the Convention laid down in article 13 of the basic services. 2. the fees must meet the RL article 124 in regards to post format, size and weight. 3. in relation to the processing speed of the reference must match the mailing charges, which are equivalent to those consignments which are laid down in article 2.1 LV 120 section 120 and under article 3.1 as a priority or airmail parcel post. 4. national migration towards the designated operators until June 1, the International Bureau shall notify the fees in force before 1 June of the calendar year, subject to a final settlement. 5. where a consignment covered by the information provided on the fees do not meet UP to the Convention, article 30, paragraph 5 and paragraph 1-3 the requirements indicated in paragraph, postal operations Council shall decide, on the basis of the report of the International Bureau, the corresponding references, to be used for the calculation of the final settlement. The following provisions shall apply. 5.1. where domestic services are not subject to the classification of the consignment by their format, the relevant consignment fee applied by weight and size, as defined in article 124 RL. 5.2. in cases when the RL in article 124 indications relating to shipments not apply national domestic services apply to the shipment fees, references of which most closely match the reference given in the consignment, the consignment format and post them its weight as a determinant. 5.3. where 1-3 the conditions listed in more than one consignment, the lower the fee. 6. any Member State or the designated operator that article 30 of the Convention applies, may be opposed to another Member State or its designated operator uses a specific fee to calculate the final billing rates UP. The notice of opposition must be submitted to the International Bureau for at least six weeks before the postal operations Council's next meeting, and with the technical evaluation results must be sent to the postal operations Council members and to the Member State or the designated operator, subject to the specific objection, at least two weeks before the start date. 7. the International Bureau postal operations Council shall report on all cases in which the reference is made by the disputed charge or when they may not comply with article 30 of the Convention or this article. 8. Postal Operations Council at its next meeting after receipt of the decision, on the basis of the International Bureau's technical assessment, in connection with paragraphs 6 and 7 of the cases referred to whether the references provided, the fee corresponds to article 30 of the Convention or this article. 222. Article RL quality of services related to the final settlement of the consideration between the migration towards countries of the designated operators 1. Between countries in the migration towards the designated operators have made final payment of remuneration is based on the country of destination in the designated operator-service quality indicators. 2. Participation in the RIVER system, which evaluates to a country of destination for the incoming flow of packages related to the quality of the services, to provide a link between the final billing and the quality of services is voluntary. If the transfer of the national sūtījkum operator does not perform the outbound flow of quality assessment, then the designated operator of the country of destination has the right to make the final settlement an adjustment based on the quality of services, but it may not get less than 100% of the receipts from the final settlement (final settlement prices, excluding the premium and the quality of service adjustment). If the destination country or territory of destination designated operator does not implement RIVER system, which evaluates the incoming flow associated with the quality of the service, it receives 100% of the final settlement of the receipts. 3. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2 of the rules of the countries designated operators, which is the migration towards countries since 2010, specifically, the operators having shipment weight for the incoming year of less than 100 tonnes and not participating in the RIVER system, which evaluates the incoming flow of packages related to the quality of service received from other designated operators and other pay for designated operators in the final settlement of the standard 100%. 4. the designated operators participating in the RIVER system for service quality assessment to ensure the link between the final billing and the quality of the service, receive 5% bonus at the end of the billing for all incoming correspondence of letters. 5. Taking into account the minimum tariffs provided for in article 30 of the Convention, in paragraph 9, the designated operators apply penalties if specific quality objectives have not been met. This penalty is 1/3% of the final settlement of the consideration of each of the quality target default rate. The fine may not exceed 10%. Given the 5% premium on participation, the maximum penalty in the case, the remuneration may not be less than 95% of the final settlement of the receipts. 6. the International Bureau will evaluate the quality of services related to temporary end of current tariffs and no later than 1 July of each year, notify them, sending out newsletters. Temporary tariffs shall enter into force on January 1, and will remain in effect throughout the calendar year. Interim final billing tariffs calculated in accordance with article 220 of the RL, but also extra added bonus and make adjustments based on the previous calendar year of service quality indicators. 7. the International Bureau with quality of services related to the final settlement of the definitive tariffs calculated after you have published the final quality of service indicators for the respective calendar year. The International Bureau, by circular, with the quality of services related to the final settlement of the definitive rates notified no later than May 1 of the year that is after the calendar year in question, and thus replaces the temporary end of current tariffs for the corresponding calendar year was announced in advance. 8. The designated operators in the countries acceding to the migration towards 2014 and 2016, article 29 of the Convention 5. point and paragraph 1, 2, 4, and 5. the provisions of paragraph 1 shall apply not later than the third year after the migration towards accession. The first two years after accession for the migration towards they can benefit from the following transitional arrangements: 8.1. they may not apply article 29 of the Convention paragraph 5 and paragraph 1., 2., 4. and 5. the provisions of paragraph 1, which means that they do not participate in the service quality evaluation system. Such decision does not in any way affect the final settlement of the receivable and tariffs; 8.2. they can participate in the system of services for RIVER quality assessment, determining that such participation does not affect and receiving final payable billing tariffs; 8.3. they may apply article 29 of the Convention paragraph 5 and paragraph 1., 2., 4. and 5. rules on bonuses and penalties either the first or the second year after the migration towards accession. 9. Postal Operations Council shall determine the annual service quality standards and objectives in accordance with the provisions of article 223 RL. RL 223. pantsPakalpojum quality standards and objectives principles with service quality related final settlement for payment of remuneration 1. To make the quality of service associated with the final settlement payment of remuneration shall be determined in the annual service quality standards and objectives, based on the standards, which are equivalent to and under equivalent conditions apply to domestic services. 2. These standards and targets are not less favourable than the standards set for incoming correspondence, letters, parcels in accordance with article 30 of the Convention on the RIVER. 3. in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2, the standards shall be based on the following principles: 3.1. applicable standard meets their domestic service standards for which fees are used for the calculation of the final settlement. In cases where the final billing tariff based on domestic charges standard corresponds to a priority letter correspondence standard. To domestic standards to verify, publish the selected operator's Web site, include it in the General conditions or the designated operator, it shall confirm in writing to the Governor. 3.2. If there are no domestic standards, the applicable standard is determined, taking into account the ability of the operator to ensure the minimum level of implementation established by the postal operations Council. 3.3. generally, the standards should include the time until which the consignment is to be received in the swap space (CTT), i.e. not before noon. 15.00 4. in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2, the objectives set out under the following principles: 4.1 for the purpose of determining the highest domestic objectives, set by the regulator, and the most recent in the designated operator of the year at the level of implementation of the evaluation framework approved RIVER, rounded down to the nearest whole percentage, and taking into account the minimum and maximum target level established by the postal operations Council. 4.2. If paragraph 4 subparagraph 1 of the annual performance data is not available, the objective is domestic goal defined by the regulator, taking into account the minimum and maximum target level established by the postal operations Council. 4.3. If the Governor determines domestic objectives and are not available for 1 point 4 years referred to the results of performance of the original goals of the minimum target set by the postal operations Council. 4.4. in General, for a given year the corresponding destination is not lower than the previous year. 224. Article RL quality of services related to the final settlement of the consideration for the depeš flow transition system designated operators in the countries, and among them 1. transition countries by designated system operators can decide their final settlement compensation based on use of service quality indicators and to participate in the RIVER system for service quality assessment. Also applies to the RL and RL article 222.223. However, the final settlement of the tariffs which it receives and pays for the depeš these countries must not be lower than the final settlement of the charges referred to in article 30 of the Convention 3 or 4 points. 2. the transitional system countries designated operators can participate in the RIVER system for service quality assessment, without applying the RL article 222, paragraph 3 and 5 rules on bonuses and penalties. RL 225. pantsGal settlement of tariff review mechanisms 1. The designated operator, who sent or received the flow of depeš year is greater than 75 tonnes (excluding M bags), you can ask to have the designated operator uses the following tariff review mechanisms, thus setting a new final settlement of tariff, which is suitable for the feed. This requirement can be made at any time, taking into account the following conditions: 1. If the designated operator of the migration towards finds that from another system in the selected transition operator received or sent by the average number of consignments per kilogram (IPK) is more than 15; 1.2. If the designated operator of the transitional system determines that the designated operator sent another shipment average number is less than 10 kilograms; 1.2.1. If the designated operator of the transitional system requires flow of consignments to the migration towards the operator designated in accordance with subparagraph 1.2 of tariff review mechanisms, the latter may request that such a mechanism is also suitable for flow in the opposite direction, if the conditions are met in relation to the review of the tariff reduction; 1.3. If the designated transitional system operator establishes that from the other designated operator received average number of consignments per kilogram is greater than 15; 1.4. If a designated operator requires that the flow of shipments for the year is greater than 75 tons, the review mechanism, then the designated operator may impose the same requirement in case the consignment is also flow in the opposite direction a year is less than 75 tonnes, if other conditions are met with respect to the review of the tariff increase or reduction; 1.5. If the designated operator finds that from other designated operator received or sent by the average number of consignments per kilogram (IPK) is changed by more than 20% compared with the original IPK, which was used to determine the revised tariff per kilogram the previous review mechanism. 2. review mechanisms implemented by a special compilation of statistics to calculate the average number of consignments per kilogram, according to the procedure specified in RL and in article 232.234. 3. the operator who wants to to apply the review mechanism shall inform the designated operator of the offset at least three months in advance. 4. the request with relevant statistical data indicating that the average number of consignments per kilogram in the flow is different from the average in the world. These statistics are obtained by performing a statistical observation of at least six days in one month. 5. subject to paragraph 3, the time limit provided for in the statistical records, started a quarterly accounting period. The new tariff will take effect as from that moment and will remain in effect at least one year and until someone from the designated operators pursuant to article 31 of the Convention's provisions requires a new revision. 6. If the statistical results confirm its designated operator identified who has requested a review of the mechanism to apply, then it is right to apply the relevant flow of shipments of the new deal's current tariff, calculated as follows: tariff for kilo = (average number of consignments per kg, multiplied by the tariff for the consignment specified in article 31 (3)) + tariff per kilogram, specified in article 31 (3). 7. If the average number of consignments per kilogram in accordance with the results of the review are from 10 to 15 consignments, the consignment concerned shall apply to the flow of article 31 of the Convention, as provided for in article 4 of the tariff. In addition, the statistical observation in relation to the number of consignments per kilogram, if the average number of consignments per kilogram is from 10 to 15 shipments, until the entry into force of the reporting and statistical observation is resumed. 226. the pantsPieprasījum RT special payment by mail vairumsūtījum depeš 1. country of destination designated operator is permitted to require depeš to mail vairumsūtījum to apply special payment if it finds that: 1. the same or depeš one day when you are designing a number of depeš, 1 500 or more have been released for shipment, which passed one of the sender; 1.2. two weeks one sender has passed 5 000 or more. 2. the destination chosen operator, which wish to apply the payment to the special depeš postal vairumsūtījum, about two weeks after the first vairumsūtījum of the depeš with the postal consignment shall inform the public of the transfer of the selected operator. This communication by fax or electronic means sent to the specific address for RL article 240, and shall specify the number of the depeš, the date of dispatch, the State transfer Exchange place, galamēŗķ place of the national exchange, as well as add the respective photocopies of sample depeš. 2.1. Except in the cases provided for in paragraphs 3 and 4, the specific duty shall enter into force three months after the designated operator of the country of destination shall send the notification. These special payments apply only to depeš mail vairumsūtījum, sent only after you have passed the three-month period. 2.2. the Depeš with vairumsūtījum for the receipt of mail, referred to in point 2.1, the designated operator of destination finds appropriate RL article 197, paragraph 6 of the regulations. 3. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2.1 of the country of destination, the designated operator is allowed with immediate entry into force of the depeš mail vairumsūtījum for a special payment if it finds that: 3.1 in the same depeš or one day when you are designing a number of depeš, is passed to the 3 000 or more mailing that betrayed one sender; 3.2. two weeks one sender has passed 10 000 or more. 4. country of destination designated by the operator, who was with immediate effect depeš with mail for a special payment to vairumsūtījum, within three working days after mailing of the depeš vairumsūtījum shall inform the transfer of national post operator. This statement checks the form of communication by fax or electronic means sent to the specific address for RL article 240, and shall specify the number of the depeš, the date of dispatch, the State transfer, mail exchange, mail exchange in the country of destination, as well as add the respective photocopies of sample depeš. 5. After the designated operator of the country of destination has demanded that the post of depeš with vairumsūtījum is applied to the special payment, service of designated national post operator within three months may require a special fee is applied to all vairumsūtījum depeš with mail that it sends to the designated operator of the country of destination, except if the designated operator of the country of destination for your reference request. 6. to cancel the special duty on mail vairumsūtījum depeš with that proposed in accordance with paragraph 5, the designated operator notifies the sender three months before cancellation or striking a mutual consent. 227. pantsSlēgt-depeš RL exchanges with military units of the country 1, which belongs to the military units, warships or military aircraft, designated operator is obliged to pay directly to the respective designated operators tranzītmaks and make a final settlement of depeš, which is sent to the military unit, ship or aircraft. 2. If the depeš are transferred, then the designated operator who performed pārūtīšan, notify the designated operator of the State, which owns the relevant military unit, ship or aircraft. C. statistical observation RL 228. pantsStatistisk general principles of observation and the number of shipments in kilograms of detection 1. principles below apply to all depeš types of statistical observation of the flow that is required for payment of the final settlement, based on the cost per shipment or per kilogram (such as the statistical observation in connection with the review mechanism, the migration towards the mail exchange between designated operators). 1.1. the statistical observation in Both and calculating the average number of consignments per kilogram refers the content of depeš. Whereas the content of depeš is different depending on the type of transport, depeš format, container type, time of year (monthly) and the day of the week, then, through depeš, noted these differences and describes all the possible flow of depeš. Also, these differences indicate using the detection method. 1.2. the statistical observation programme designed to achieve the objectives of statistical accuracy, which is 95% ± 5%, and calculated the IPK in connection with the average number of consignments per kilogram and the number of consignments exchanged between designated operators. 1.2.1. The statistical accuracy goal should be trying to reach all the designated operators, which carry out statistical surveillance. The minimum accuracy requirements are anticipated. 1.3. Statistical observation of program development, sampling, data collection method and the identification process will meet the General principles adopted in connection with mathematical statistics, theory of selection probability and statistical surveys. 1.4. in the light of that principle, anyone designated operator has sufficient flexibility to adapt the statistical observation in their package flow characteristics and available resources. However, everyone in the designated operator before the accounting period must inform the designated operator for balancing decisions relating to programming, including the detection method. 229. pantsStatistik collection of the LV on the depeš exchange between countries in the migration towards the designated operators 1. for more information about the exchange between the depeš of the migration towards countries in the collection of statistics. However, in order to avoid reporting costs related to small-scale exchanges, the average number of consignments per kilogram between migration towards countries only use the depeš stream, where that number is less than a certain threshold, except in the case when one or both of the participating countries, through pushing for statistical observation, should determine the exact number of consignments per kilogram in one or both directions of flow. POC fixes this limit and the size to be used on the average number of consignments per kilogram. 2. the mail operations Council shall also determine the limits and the average number of consignments per kilogram, which is applied when depeš are sorted based on the two formats (P/G and E), and where the depeš is sorted based on the three formats (P, G, E). 3. in relation to the flow of mail that is sent to the designated operators in the countries that are parties to the migration towards 2010 and then, or received from the designated operators referred or transferred between them, the collection of statistics carried out if the 75-tonne threshold is exceeded. The average number of consignments per kilogram of mail flow between the transitional system countries apply when 75-tonne threshold is not exceeded. 4. collection of statistics is carried out in accordance with the principles specified in article 228 in RL. Counting days divided evenly as possible on work days (only relevant postal Exchange sites work days) and apply to all depeš streams used during transport. If the selected operators to exchange letters, pallets and flat pallets, then calculate the number of consignments per kilogram (IPK) in relation to a particular type of transport in a given month/quarter reflects depeš on the container type and size. The collection of statistics at least 48 days a year, which means that the statistical monitoring must be carried out in four days a month. If it is not appropriate to make a compilation of statistics on all the relevant accounting date, then the depeš received by designated operators during the day you can make a separate post group statistical test. 4.1. As an alternative to statistical surveillance in particular days designated operators can perform the statistical observation of continuous, during which systematically observe the specific containers. The designated operators concerned shall agree on the statistical form will be used. 5. During the year, the number of shipments sent calculation 5.1. During the year the number of shipments sent post average weighted number for each means of transport shall be calculated separately, as well as the calculated separately for each month or quarter. It is calculated as follows. 5.1.1. the reporting period the average number of consignments per kilogram with a specific type of transport in a given month or quarter multiplied by the total weight of depeš, by the month or quarter transfers using the relevant means of transport; the following calculation aims to identify the total number of shipments that month or quarter transfers using the appropriate means of transport. 5.1.2. The estimated total number of shipments by month or quarter transfers using the transport way adds up to calculate the time of year the number of shipments sent. 5.1.3. in the context of ongoing statistical observation of designated operators to apply the in point 5.1 and the procedure referred to in paragraph 5.1.2., days can be used instead of a month or quarter. 6. each designated operator for at least two months before the accounting period concerned must be informed of the designated operator for decisions relating to statistical surveillance programs, including detection method. However, the designated operator does not have to inform the designated beneficiary operator when the sender is expected to make a record or some form of Tara will be observed. 7. If the five months after the end of the fourth quarter, the statistical observation has not been carried out on the number of consignments per kilogram or if not notified during this period of observation results, other designated operator has the right to place the missing data to submit their reporting of results. Statistical observation and calculation in line with the principles specified in article 228 in RL, except that the ± 5% accuracy target location precision of ± 7.5% applied to the target. If the data is not available, use the lowest last consistent average number of consignments per kilogram, or the average number of consignments per kilogram, which is aligned with respect to the migration towards the Member States. 8. Statistical observation does not apply to recorded correspondence letters mailing, which is assigned to a post in the subclass code ANYWHERE and send the mail flow between the migration towards countries. Instead, the statistical value shall be based on actual data collected on record shipments registered CN CN CN 55 31, 33, and the CN 56 form. RL 230. pantsStatistik data collection for the depeš Exchange in the transitional system that sorted by format 1. For information on the depeš exchange between the transitional system countries sorted by format, perform statistical gathering. But to avoid reporting costs related to small-scale exchanges, the average number of consignments per kilogram, depending on the depeš format is only used for the depeš stream, where that number is less than a certain threshold, except in the case when one or both of the respective designated operators insisted, to statistical surveillance, should determine the exact number of consignments per kilogram. 2. the mail operations, the Council laid down the limit values and the average number of consignments per kilogram, which is applied when depeš are sorted based on the two formats (P/G and E), and where the depeš is sorted based on the three formats (P, G, E). 3. Statistical observation indicates depeš, and it complies with the principles laid down in article 228 RL. The collection of statistics is carried out for each depeš format in accordance with the provisions of article 232 RL. RL 231. pantsAlternatīv approach to the collection of statistics on the depeš exchange between countries in the migration towards the designated operators 1. If the designated operators between the migration towards an exchange of letters with pallets and/or flat tanks, the designated operators can take measures to determine the characteristics of the shipment of the containers. The collection of statistics is carried out in accordance with the principles laid down in article 228 RL. Counting days divided evenly as possible on work days (only relevant postal Exchange sites work days) and apply to all depeš streams used during transport. The collection of statistics at least 48 days a year, and this means that statistical monitoring must be carried out in four days a month. If it is not appropriate to make a compilation of statistics on all the relevant accounting date, then the depeš received by designated operators during the day you can make a separate post for the statistical observation group. 1.1. As an alternative to statistical surveillance in particular days, the designated operators can perform the statistical observation of continuous, during which systematically observe the specific containers. The designated operators concerned shall agree on the use of statistical accounting forms. 2. During the year, the number of shipments sent by calculation. 2.1. During the year, the number of shipments sent post average weighted number for each type of container and transport shall be calculated separately. It is calculated as follows: 2.1.1. Statistical observation period for the average number of consignments per kilogram in connection with the carriage of certain types of containers and multiplied by the total weight of depeš, sent using the tare and the type of transport; the following calculation aims to identify the total number of consignments that are sent using the container or means of transport. 2.1.2. The estimated total number of shipments for each bulk and carriage way adds up to calculate the time of year the number of shipments sent. 3. The designated operator to properly convert forms indicating the weight of the depeš that was sent by using a particular container type (e.g., the weight of the consignment of the armrest, the letters flat containers, bags, etc.), and, if possible, take the container of the associated exchange of information using electronic data interchange (EDI). 4. Each designated operator for at least two months before the accounting period must inform the designated operator for balancing decisions relating to statistical surveillance programs, including detection method. However, the designated operator does not have to inform the designated beneficiary operator when the sender is expected to make a record or some form of Tara will be statistically observed. 5. If the five months after the end of the fourth quarter, the statistical observation has not been carried out on the number of consignments per kilogram or if this period is not communicated to the statistical results of observation, the other operator is selected for the right location of missing data for their reporting of results. Statistical observation and calculation in line with the principles set UP in article 228, except that the ± 5% accuracy target location precision of ± 7.5% applied to the target. If the data is not available, use the lowest last consistent average number of consignments per kilogram, or the average number of consignments per kilogram, which is aligned with respect to the migration towards the Member States. RL article 232 of the collection of statistics for use in the review mechanism 1. to use the review mechanism, if specifically agreed, that is, agreement to use last UP stream exploration spending UP in average number of consignments in kilogramm depeš flows from the transition countries to the goals of the system the system, take the compilation of statistics on the basis of statistical observation on the flow. 1.1. the statistical sample, specify the depeš content, and must comply with the principles laid down in article 228 RL. Statistical collection shall be at least 24 days twelve month period to which it refers. If it is not appropriate to make a compilation of statistics on all the relevant accounting date, then the depeš received by designated operators during the day you can make a separate post for the statistical observation group. 1.1.1. As an alternative to statistical surveillance in particular days designated operators can perform the statistical observation of continuous, during which systematically observe the specific containers. The designated operators concerned shall agree on the use of statistical accounting forms. 1.2. Accounting day distributed evenly as possible on work days (only the postal Exchange sites work days) and all depeš streams used during transport. That date is chosen based on tracking the number of days in the year, quarter or month as follows: 1.2.1. year-at least 24 accounting date twelve months period; records on every working day of the week must be carried out at least once a quarter; 1.2.2. the quarter, accounting for at least six days in the quarter; records for each working day of the week must be carried out at least once, the same procedure using the next three quarters; 1.2.3. per month-24 accounting day of the month or, if this is not possible, the accounts shall be kept for all the monthly working days; year with odd year compilation of statistics carried out in may, a year with over a year, in October. 2. the average number of Consignments per kilogram calculation 2.1. If the statistical monitoring carried out on the basis of the number of days of the accounting year or quarter, year sent mailings average number per kilogram is the average number of consignments per kilogram on average weighted value for each type of transport and the month shall be calculated separately. It is calculated as follows: 2.1.1. Statistical observation period for the average number of consignments per kilogram for each mode of transport in a given month multiplied by the total weight of depeš that month shall be sent using the transport way; the following calculation aims to identify the total number of shipments you send per month, using the appropriate means of transport. 2.1.2. The resulting size of the amount of the total number of shipments that month by every means of transport, divided by year depeš sent the weight. 2.1.3. As an alternative to applying 2.1.1. and 2.1.2. procedures referred to, the designated operators you can use month day or quarter. 2.2. If the statistical observation shall be based on records the number of days in the month, the year, the average number of shipments sent a kilogram is the average number of consignments per kilogram on average weighted value for each means of transport shall be calculated separately. It is calculated as follows: 2.2.1. Statistical observation period for the average number of consignments per kilogram for certain types of carriage are multiplied by the total weight of depeš, by the month or the quarter sent using the transport way; the following calculation aims to identify the total number of shipments by month or quarter shall be the appropriate means of transport. 2.2.2. The resulting size of the amount of the total number of shipments by month or quarter sent using every means of transport, divided by year depeš sent the weight. 3. the operator who requested a review mechanism to apply, choose a statistical system which is to be used, including the method of calculation, as well as inform the designated operator of the offset, so that it may take the necessary control measures. As an alternative, the designated operator, who requested a review mechanism to be applied, you may agree with the offset to the desired operator to use the last UP stream exploration spending UP in average number of consignments in kilogramm depeš flows from the transition countries to the goals of the system the system States 4. The designated operator, who requested a review mechanism to be applied may not send prior notification of selected counting days. D. tranzītmaks and end With the settlement of the relevant list, cover letter and invoice preparation, dispatch and acceptance of the RL, 53 pantsCN 54 233. CN, CN and CN 54ter 54b list preparation, dispatch and acceptance in connection with depeš exchange between countries in the migration towards the designated operators 1. CN and CN 54 53 list preparation, dispatch and acceptance. 1.1. In accordance with RL and RL. 229.231 article to ensure the compilation of statistics on depeš exchange between countries of migration towards the designated operator of the recipient mail exchange place for each container and its contents to which applied statistical observation, CN indicates the list of 53 bulk containers, bar codes, number of shipments and gross and net weight. For each type of transport (air, land, Island), each of the containers and if necessary each depeš format prepares a list of certain CN 53. 1.2. According to the list of designated operators in CN 53 beneficiary prepares CNA 54 compiling mailing lists containing CN information specified in 53 list depending on the type of means of transport (air, land, Islands), the format (as applicable) and the month of the quarter. 1.3.54 compiling mailing lists, CNS, which adds to the CN forms 53 each quarter sent the chosen operator within four months from the receipt of the last depeš that is used in the collection of statistics. In addition to the printed copies, if possible, CN and CN 54 53 list prepare standard electronic format, preferably in a widely used in spreadsheet format. 1.4. If the designated operator of the CN and CN 54 53 sender lists have received copies of the printed form and three months after CN 54 compiling a mailing list shipping did not make comments, then this list is considered completely accepted. Completely adopted means that compilation, the current edition is assumed, without changes or amendments. 1.5. If the designated operator of the CN and CN 54 53 sender lists have received the standard electronic format and two months after CN 54 compiling a mailing list shipping did not make comments, then this list is considered completely accepted. Completely adopted means that compilation, the current edition is assumed, without changes or amendments. 2. CN and CN 54ter 54b aggregate preparation, dispatch and acceptance. 2.1. According to CN and CN 56 54 adopted (or CN 56b) summary lists the designated operator of the recipient shall prepare an annual summary of the CNA about 54b consignments, collecting data on the depeš, for which the statistical observation, depending on the type of transport (where appropriate) and quarterly, as well as the depeš, which used to be calculated for the year in question of the year the number of kilograms of transferred the parcel and, if necessary each depeš format. 2.2. If the grading is carried out using depeš format adopted by CN and CN have 56b 54b summary lists, the designated beneficiary operator shall prepare a summary of the year 54ter CNA the exchange of depeš sorted by format, collecting data on the depeš, for which the statistical observation, depending on the type and format of a transport and used to calculate for the year in question shall ensure that the transmitted number of consignments per kilogram. 2.3. CN 54b and CN 54ter annual summary of relevant consignments sent to the designated operator no later than one month after the adoption of the fourth quarter and 54 CN CN prepared 56 (or CN 56b) for compiling the list. In addition to the hard copies of the compendium, if CNS 54b may prepare a standard electronic format. 2.4. If the designated operator of the sender is received by CN and CN 54ter 54b summary and one month after CN and CN 54ter 54b annual aggregate for consignment shipping did not make any comments, then this collection is considered completely accepted. Completely adopted means that compilation, the current edition is assumed, without changes or amendments. 3. If the designated operator has taken control of the sender the collection of statistics, the data of the country of destination of the year sent the number of consignments per kilogram is considered valid if this number does not differ by more than 10% from the other designated operator number obtained and if it affects the annual difference is not greater than 5%. 3.1. If the difference between the designated operator for data on the number of messages sent per year per kilogram is more than 10% or annual difference is greater than 5%, then the respective designated operators agree on values that will be used in the final settlement, taking into account each designated operator statistical system used precision. 4. If both parties cannot agree on the application of this article, the designated operator can use the arbitration procedure provided for in the rules of procedure of the General article 153. RL pantsCN 53 and 54 234. CN list, and making use of the facility of revisions 1. CN and CN 54 53 list preparation, dispatch and acceptance. 1.1. the days when records it in the designated operator mail exchange place, which require revision facility, CN 53 list for each of the investigated depeš indicates the number and weight of the consignment. 1.2. According to the list of designated 53 CN operator who requested specific compilation of statistics, prepare CN mailing list a summary of 54, with the depeš of the linked data when sorted depending on the type of transport and the quarterly monthly. 1.3.54 compiling mailing lists, CNS, accompanied by CN designated question form 53, operator sent after each quarterly and/or the end of the test period, not later than one month after the last of the depeš ship or receipt, which is used in the collection of statistics. In addition to the printed copies, if possible, CN and CN 54 53 lists drawn up a standard electronic format. 1.4. If the designated operator CN and CN 54 53 lists have received copies of the printed form and three months after CN 54 compiling a mailing list shipping did not make comments, then this list is considered completely accepted. 1.5. If the designated operator CN and CN 54 53 lists have received the standard electronic format and two months after CN 54 compiling a mailing list shipping did not make comments, then this list is considered completely accepted. 2. the preparation of the summary CNS 54b, and acceptance. 2.1. According to CN and CN 56 54 adopted summary lists the designated operator, who requested a special compilation of statistics, prepare an annual summary of the CNA about 54b consignments, with statistically verified data of depeš-related arrange depending on the type of transport and the quarterly. 2.2. According to the CNA for years aggregate 54b consignments the designated operator, which requested the collection of statistics, calculated the average number of consignments per kilogram and then, if the review mechanism is applied, calculate the new Gala settlement rates, using the formula defined in the LV article 225 points. 2.3. CN 54b on overview of the consignments sent to the designated operator no later than one month after the adoption of the fourth quarter to 54 and 56 CNS CNS prepared summary list. In addition to the hard copies, if possible, a summary prepared by CNA 54b standard electronic format. 2.4. If the designated operator has received the summary and CNS 54b month CN 54b on aggregate for mailing the shipment did not make any comments, then this collection is considered completely accepted. 3. If the designated operator has taken control of the statistical collection, its designated operator any data, which requested a review mechanism to be applied shall be considered valid if they do not differ from each other in the designated operator found data on more than 10%. 3.1. If the difference is more than 10%, then the respective designated operators agree on values that use the final payments in the light of each designated operator statistical system used precision. 4. If between the two parties in the event of a dispute about the application of the mechanism of the review, the designated operators can use the arbitration procedure provided for in the rules of procedure of the General article 153 RL pantsCN, CN 235.55 55b, 56b 56 and depeš by CN CN list for transfer from post 1 in the public postal Exchange sites are obtained from the depeš, the last country of destination mail exchanger place depending on the type of the consignment, the format (as applicable), and mailing the transfer of national postal Exchange sites using CN 31 Letter cards, prepare CN or CN 55b 55 (sorted by format-depeš) depeš. In respect of transit depeš transit mail Exchange site also prepares a 55 or CNS CNS 55b depeš list depending on the transfer of national mailing and destination postal Exchange sites based on their views of the tar, which it shall transmit to the closed transit, and in accordance with the terms specified in CN pavadraksto, 37 which it produced during the month. CN and CN in the form 55b 55 indicates complete six symbols of international mail processing centre (IMPC) code to transfer the consignment to national postal authorities and the destination country postal authorities and depeš. This list shall be sent to the Central Administration. 2. the country of destination and transit operator chosen is the designated operator on a quarterly basis using the CN or CN 55b by 55 list, for each transfer of national depeš the operator prepares the CN 56 compiling a list of depeš, information mapping, depending on the type of shipment, the place of transfer of the depeš postal authorities, galamēŗk national postal authorities and, where appropriate, by format and transfer route or CN 56b (sorted by format-depeš) depeš-aggregate list. CN and CN in the form 56b 56 indicates complete six symbols of international mail processing centre (IMPC) code for the place of transfer of the mailing postal authorities and galamēŗk national postal authorities and depeš. 3. CN and CN 55b 55 lists sent to the transfer of the national post operator, CN and CN to complement a 56b 56 summary lists. RL 236.55, pantsCN CN CN CN 55b, 56b to 56 and a depeš list and making 56 and 1 CN CN 56b a summary list of transfer DNA depeš operator sends two copies within four months after the quarter the end to which the list relates. 2. After the adoption of a list of designated national depeš the transfer operator of one of the copies of the list shall be returned to the designated operator that it prepared. If the designated operator has not received notice of the revisions within three months after the date of dispatch, the list is considered completely accepted. The term "fully accepted" means that the list is adopted, the current edition, without changes or corrections. If differences are found on inspection, then corrected the list 55 or CNS CNS 55b added to justify appropriately revised and adopted by the CN 56 compiling the list. If the country of destination depeš the designated operator denies CN or CN the 55b list 55 made corrections, then depeš the transfer of national operator for the actual data confirms sending it CN 31 form photocopies, which depeš the place of transfer of the postal authority was prepared, when it sent a depeš that are in dispute. Form transmitted by electronic means, or if this is not possible, it is desirable to transfer the recorded messages and three months of corrected 56 compiling the list and CNS CN 55 list shipping date. 3. the designated operators can agree on the fact that CN CN CN 55, 55b, 56b to 56 and CN shall prepare a list of consigned designated depeš operator. In this case, shall adapt the decision-making procedure provided for in paragraphs 1 and 2. RL 237. pantsDepeš with vairumsūtījum 1 postal records. In the event of a transfer of national operator has chosen to send mail to depeš with vairumsūtījum in accordance with RL, art. 226, galamēŗķ mail exchange set a 55 or CN in CN 55b lists based on data cards, 32 letters CN also indicate depeš with mail vairumsūtījum. 1.1. data on mail-depeš with vairumsūtījum used to prepare a quarterly CNA CNA 56b 56 a summary list. 1.2. If data on mail-depeš with vairumsūtījum CN CN 55b by 55 lists are different, then the designated operator of the sender sends the depeš-related CN letter card 32 photocopies. 2. when a country of destination designated operator with depeš mail vairumsūtījum in accordance with RL article 226 paragraph is applied a special payment, then apply paragraph 1 1 and 2 of the procedure described in. 2.1. If you are prepared for the CN 56 compiling lists, the designated operator of the country of destination shall prepare CN invoice using the CN 57 32 letters, cards, which transfer of depeš is sent to the operator chosen according to RL article 6.1.3.197. Depeš transfer of national operator may refuse to check and accept the CN invoice if it is not 57 received six months of the quarter to which it relates. 2.2. the operator accepts the sender and paid Bill 57 six CNS weeks after preparation. 2.3. transfer of national Depeš operators paid CN CN 58 57 bills used for compiling the list. CNA amount specified in the list of 58 from the CN 61 separate invoice. CN adds a copy of the form 58 CN 61 individual invoice. 3. the designated operators may bilaterally agree on another form and use of accounting procedures for mail vairumsūtījum. RL 238. pantsTieš accessibility domestic system for the records of depeš 1. depeš with them, which is intended for the direct availability of the domestic system, the cost of the invoice shall indicate the country of destination designated by the operator, using a form of bilaterally agreed. 2. The designated operator invoices the sender pays the destination country depeš the designated operator. This time must not be less favourable than the time which the designated operator is determined by domestic customers. The designated operator of the country of destination in accordance with RL article 257 point select the payment currency. 3. If the records in the lists specified data in connection with depeš for direct access to the domestic system is different, the designated operator of the sender sends it to the form of photocopies, which was added to the depeš for which the dispute has arisen. 239. tranzītmaks pantsRēķin on RL and the final billing, dispatch preparation and approval 1. the operator is responsible for vendor invoicing and sending them to the operator chosen by the customer. However, the invoice should be sent, even if the balance is less than the minimum provided for RL article 241 and paragraph 8. 2. a separate invoice shall be drawn up in accordance with the provisions set out below. 2.1. Tranzītmaks. Prepare the CN 62 form the basis of CN or CN 56 56 bis synthesis depeš depeš in the list of categories of total weight. 2.2. additional tranzītmaks of the sea, as specified in RL to article 207. Draw up a form 62b CNS two copies, sent along with supporting documents, such as invoices that are sent to the port of the service provider. 2.3. The final settlement. Prepare the CN 61 form, based on the difference between the amount carried in the account in relation to each category received depeš weight depeš weight and sent as specified in the CN 56 or by compiling depeš 56b CN and CN 19 Bill. 3. CN 61 separate invoice sent to the selected operator customers in duplicate, as quickly as possible after the end of the year to which it relates. 4. The designated operator vendor a 62 and CNS CNS 62b individual invoices, prepare monthly, quarterly, half-yearly or yearly, in agreement with the respective designated operators. 5. the operator is not obliged to accept the customer lists or individual invoices not sent it within 12 months of the end of the year. 6. If the designated operator, which sends a separate list or invoice, do not receive a message about two months after the date of dispatch, the list or invoice shall be considered as fully accepted. Completely adopted means that list or the Bill is adopted, the current edition, without changes or corrections. The form sent electronically, or, if this is not possible, it is desirable to transfer the recorded messages. If the date of the letter, sent with the form, different from the receipt date for more than two weeks, the country of destination has the right to inform the public of the transfer of consignments the designated operator that the above two month period only begins on the date of receipt of the consignment. 7. In exceptional cases the designated operator, customer lists or additional individual invoices can be sent only if they relate to already released lists or invoices for the period concerned. Additional list or invoices are issued to commit changes to the original lists or bills, thus correcting erroneous entries or registering additional requirements and/or information. Additional list or invoice issued in application of paragraph 5 and 6 of these conditions; If these conditions are not complied with, the designated operator, the customer is not obliged to accept additional lists or bills. 8. the designated operators may agree that final settlement invoices on depeš and aviodepeš of the land are paid separately. In this case, the respective designated operators provide for a procedure for the preparation of such invoice, acceptance and payment. RL 240 article address to send the form relating to the tranzītmaks and final settlement 1. each designated operator for other operators designated by the International Office announces the specific address, which may be the e-mail address to which you should send all the forms, which are dealt with in the context of the tranzītmaks and the final settlement (CN, CN, CN 54b 54 43, CN, CN 54ter 56 56b, CN, CN CN CN 61 57, 58, 62, CN, CN CN CN 62b, 63 and 64). 241. pantsRēķin on tranzītmaks RL and final settlement acceptance 1. If no provisional duty, the tranzītmaks and the final settlement payments may be made only on the basis of the CN 61 and CN 62 separate invoices, which indicate the preferred method of payment. 2. where a provisional duty has been applied, then, as soon as the CN 61 and CN 62 separate invoices between the selected operator is accepted or they are considered to be completely accepted by the designated operator vendor in duplicate, prepare separate CN and CN 64 63 listings on the tranzītmaks and final settlement. 3. If necessary, CN or CN 64 63 lists transmitted electronically or, if this is not possible, it is desirable for the designated operator two copies recorded messages sent by the fastest route (air or ground). If within one month after the transmission of the list referred to the designated operator that they were prepared from the designated operator has not received any objections, the list shall be considered completely accepted. 4. where the designated operator customer fixes CN CN 64 63 or lists, then these should be based on the information you specify in the CN 61 or CN 62 individual invoices. 5. In relation to the flow of packages between the designated operator providing assistance service quality Fund, and the selected operator that receives assistance from the Fund, the last operator chosen by that organization, which is responsible for the collection of amounts that are associated with the quality of Service Fund, sends CN 61 separate copies of invoices or, where appropriate, the CN 64 copies of the list are adopted or which are considered totally accepted. This organisation is not obliged to accept CN CN 61 64 lists and individual bills, which have received more than six months after their adoption. If the CN 61 and CN have complied with 64 period prescribed for transmission, then: 5.1 the designated operator, who with Bill payment system of the QSF has already received payment, the donor country to repay (including fee charged), using the amount of charging the responsible bodies; 5.2. the operator who has not requested a payment, for the relevant years entitled to be transferred to the respective QSF funds donor country. 6. in paragraph 3, in the case provided for in the list of deployed "Aucun de ' débitric of observations I n I a ' Administration parvenu dans le délai-réglementair" (for the period from the designated operator does not receive the customer's comments). 7. The designated operator of the customer are exempt from payment of tranzītmaks, if the year is not greater than 163.35 SDR. The balance of the year, which is less than the 163.35 SDR, the designated operator vendor plus the next year. 8. The designated operator of the customer are exempt from the payment of the final settlement, if the year is not greater than 326.70 SDR. The balance of the year, which is less than the 326.70 SDR, the designated operator vendor plus the next year. 9. Settlement of accounts can be performed according to RL and RL 255.254. article. RL 242. pantsTranzītmaks and end the current provisional duties 1. operator vendor in connection with tranzītmaks and the final settlement may require interim payments. The interim payments for one year is calculated based on the weight of the depeš and the results of the collection of statistics (where appropriate) used for the final settlement of the previous year. The designated operator, the customer is not obliged to accept a temporary payment invoices received after 30 June. If the Bill for the previous year have not yet been paid, the provisional duty shall be calculated on the basis of the relevant CN CN adopted the summary of 56b 56 or depeš lists for the last four quarters and to the relevant CN adopted for compiling mailing lists 54 (where appropriate). The provisional duties shall be carried out no later than for the year up to the end of July. Interim payments shall be adjusted as soon as the year's most recent bills have been adopted or are considered completely accepted. 2. CN or CN 64 63 lists relating to provisional payments provided for in paragraph 1, the designated operator of the vendor sends the selected operator customers in the second quarter. 3. If the designated operator of the vendor is "net debtor" position in relation to other bills adopted in between two designated operators, the designated operator, the customer can get to compensate for debts recognised by using the interim payment. If the outstanding debt is higher than the provisional duty requested, the designated operator of the end customer billing for the provisional duty should not be carried out annually. The designated operator of the creditor may also require that the designated operator of the customer apply to provisional duty outstanding debts between the two designated operators. 243. the pantsFond RT amounts due to fund the service quality in developing countries on the basis of 1 CN CN 61 64 lists or individual invoices that have been adopted or are considered completely accepted and it is sent to the Organization, which is responsible for the collection of the amount, donor country designated operators prepare CN lists. 64b Lists indicate the following information: 1. the developing countries chosen names of operators to which the data refer; 1.2. SDR amount applied to the increase referred to in paragraph 32 of the Convention; 1.3. the total paid by the designated operator. 2. CN a list sent by 64b fastest route (air or ground) to confirm the chosen operator. If a month after sending the list, the organisation responsible for the collection of the amount, no comments have been received, the amount specified in the list be considered completely accepted. 3. Quality of service the Secretariat of the Fund, based on the information provided in the CN 64 additional lists, calculate the amount that by 2010 every country owes the migration towards the transitional system countries, not reaching a minimum amount of 20 000 SDRS, as provided for in article 32 of the Convention, paragraph 6, in proportion to the volume of shipments that are sent to the designated operator for recipients. 4. The invoice for the 3 additional amounts specified in Add CN 64ter list that contains the following information: 4.1. the developing countries chosen operator name to which the data refer; 4.2. reference year; 4.3. the additional amount (SDR) required to achieve a minimum amount of 20 000 SDR, which is specified in article 6 of the Convention, paragraph 32; 4.4. part of this additional amount (expressed as a percentage), which is the designated operator's debt in proportion to volumes exchanged; 4.5. the amount paid by the designated operator. 5. CN and CN 64ter 64b lists amounts can be paid through the International Office of the clearing system. 12. nodaļaAviopārvadājum rates of pantsSlēgt the depeš 244. RL receipts and copies of tariff calculation formula 1. This article and articles in the next section describes the air tariff calculation for sending windowless depeš, priority consignments and consignments, the ISLAND where they are transmitted as aviodepeš/priority consignments in transit as well as open the appropriate accounting methods. 2. the maximum applicable to the Basic Air is calculated according to the formula set out below, in which the variable values are specified in the International Civil Aviation Organization International Airlines prepared financial statistics. The above tariff is rounded to the nearest thousandth of a kilogram of gross weight of the SDR and per kilometre; It shall apply in proportion to the kilogram. T = (A-B-C + D + E + F) where T = tonne-kilometres for the Basic (tariff aviodepeš is hereby guaranteed priority). A = weighted average costs of tonne-kilometres. B = passenger service charges for tonne-kilometres. C = the percentage of the cost of supplying with tickets, sales and advertising (based on the number of passengers in relation to the volume of traffic). D = costs associated with units that do not work for tonne-kilometres. E = 10% of (A-B-C + D) profit. F = income tax on tonne-kilometres. 3. the air tariffs calculated according to actual receipts (which may be smaller, but not larger than the basic who, calculated using the formula provided for in paragraph 2) and the distance specified in the Airmail Shipping distances and depeš gross weight. The total weight of the bag. 4. the maximum rate applicable to the depeš with empty bags from the air meet 30% of the receipts, determined in accordance with paragraph 2. 5. If the tariffs of air traffic in the appropriate amount should be paid in the country of destination, it is defined as the individual price. That price includes all air fares in the country concerned regardless of where in the airport of depeš were received, excluding the cost of land transport. This price was calculated on the basis of the rates actually paid for the carriage of the depeš in the country of destination, without exceeding the maximum tariff, calculated according to the formula specified in paragraph 2 and in accordance with international mailing average weighted distance inland transport network. In accordance with article 34 of the Convention, paragraph 7, the weighted distance calculated by the International Bureau, expressed as the entire country of destination aviodepeš received a gross weight, including mailings, which the countries concerned have not been transferred by air mail. 5.1. the successful operators that apply to final payments of remuneration on the basis of cost or domestic tariffs, RL the time limits provided in article 249 of the International Bureau shall communicate the relevant data to be able to calculate a new weighted average distance. 6. Also for the air fares to be paid for transit aviodepeš between one of the country's two airports, you can determine how the individual price. That price is calculated based on the amount actually payable for depeš of tariff for transit, without exceeding the maximum tariff, calculated according to the formula specified in paragraph 2 and in accordance with international mailing average weighted distance for transit transport, domestic air traffic network. Average weighted distance calculated as gross weight of all aviodepeš that are transported in transit through the intermediary concerned. 7.5 and 6 above the tariff amount can not exceed the total amount actually paid for the shipment will be. 8. International and domestic air fares, which are calculated by multiplying the applicable standard with distance, and used to calculate the 3., 5. and (6) of these tariffs, rounded up to the nearest tenth of SDR if the resulting number that shows the hundredth and thousandth value is equal to or greater than 50; in other cases, this number is rounded down to the nearest tenth. 245. pantsAviopārvadājum tariff RL accounts 1. the air fare shall be carried out in accordance with RL accounts 211. and RL article 244. 2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the designated operators, by common accord, decide that the Bills for airmail to the depeš paid, on the basis of the statistical data received. In this case, the designated operators shall agree among themselves on the compilation of statistics and billing method. RL 66 and 67 246. pantsCN CN weight list for Each designated operator 1 creditor monthly or quarterly prepares CNA 66 list based on CN in 38 cover letter the information on aviodepeš. Depeš, which are carried in the same aircraft in the area, CN 66 list specifies the location of the mail transfer authority, destination country and postal authority requested, and everyone's postal authority of the receiving depeš indicates the chronological order. If the country of destination in accordance with article 34 of the Convention, paragraph 5 of the list of air tariff CN is used for the preparation of the list, then 55 copies use their CNA 55 weight lists drawn up on the basis of the CN and CN 32 31 Letter cards. 2. in relation to the high priority in transit shipments, airmail parcels and consignments ISLAND forward by airmail, the designated operator vendor prepares annual CN 67. By each statistical at the end of the period, as provided for in article 2.1 LV 211., and on the basis of the information specified in CN pavadraksto 65, prepared during the period. CN 67 list a total weight multiplied by 12. If, on the basis of the open in transit priority airmail shipment, mailing and mailing the actual weight of the ISLAND, you must prepare the Bills, then CN lists drawn up 67 as often as specified in paragraph 1, in conjunction with CN 66, as well as the list on the basis of the corresponding CN 65 cover letter. 3. If the period changes in connection with the measures taken, to Exchange open transit shipments, airmail priority shipments and consignments which the ISLAND transferred to the airmail is greater than 20% and if the amount designated by the operator appointed by the sender pays the interim operator, is greater than 163.35, then the above designated SDR operators receive one or the other party's request, agree that the factor referred to in paragraph 2 shall be replaced by other valid factor to the appropriate year. 4. where the designated operator of the customer requests it, then for each Exchange site that aviodepeš or priority post, airmail shipments and consignments sent by airmail ISLAND open in transit, prepare separate CN CN CN 55, 66 and 67. RL 247.51 pantsCN a separate invoice and CN 52 total invoice preparation 1. operator chosen vendor to CN 51 form prepare separate invoices showing the amounts due according to the CN, CN and CN 67 55 66 weight lists. Closed aviodepeš, open transit consignments and consignments sent incorrectly, forward by air or by land, prepare separate invoices. CN 51 individual invoices prepared for closed aviodepeš, weight and the amounts payable under the CN weight 66 lists separately for LC/AO, CPU and EMS. 2. the amounts that CN 51 separate invoices, calculate: 2.1 for closed depeš, based on the gross weight indicated in CN and CN 55 66; 2.2. for transit consignments forwarded by airmail, appropriate net weight specified in CN 67 lists, increased by 5%; 2.3. for transit consignments forwarded by land, according to the net weight indicated CN 67 lists, increased by 10%. 3. If the air fares are payable in the country of destination, then this country's designated operator related CN 51 Bills along with CN and CN 56 55 lists sends. 4. The designated operator of the vendor invoices prepared 51 CNS monthly, quarterly, half-yearly or yearly, in agreement with the respective designated operators. 5. CN 51 individual invoices can summarize CN 52 total invoice, which shall be prepared by the designated operator of the creditor who made the settlement with offsetting. This Bill, however, selected in agreement with the respective operators can prepare half-yearly. RL 66 55 248. pantsCN, CN and CN, CN 51 67 list a separate list and the total list of 52 CNS submission and acceptance 1. As soon as possible and not later than five months after the period to which they relate, the designated operator of the vendor to the customer designated operator two copies sent to the CNA, CNA lists 66 55 67 lists of lists and CN copies, when, based on the actual weight when payment is made for public transit priority shipments, airmail parcels and consignments that are sent to the ISLAND by air mail and CN 51 separate bills. The designated operator of the customer can refuse to accept bills that have not been shipped before the prescribed time limit. The form sent electronically, or, if this is not possible, it is desirable to send recorded messages. 2. CN CN CN 55, 66 and 67 list checks and the relevant CN 51 separate bill making CN 51 invoice copies shall be returned to the operator chosen vendor. If the edits, add CN CN CN 55, 66 and 67. If the designated operator of the creditor does not agree with the lists made revisions, the designated operator of the actual data the customer confirms sending it CN or CN 65 38 form photocopies that the transfer of the place of shipment in the mail body prepared by depeš which are in dispute. Edits may be challenged within two months after the revised list and billing. The designated operator of the vendor that the two months following the notification of billing corrections have been received, the corresponding invoices can be considered completely accepted. 3. The designated operators in the previous year was a net creditor in the air fare, is able to determine whether they want to receive payments every month, quarter, half-year, or year. The choice shall remain valid for one calendar year, from January 1. 4. the designated operators can use direct invoicing system or bilateral clearing system. 5. paragraphs 1 and 2 set out in the rules also apply to priority mail and airmail parcels for which the payments are made on the basis of the statistics. 6. in accordance with the invoicing system CN 51 Bills serves as a direct billing invoice. The designated operator of the customer shall be payment for the invoice amount in six weeks, as provided for in article 257 RL. It may refuse to check and accept the CN 51 invoice that operator chosen by the vendor is not submitted within five months of the period to which it relates. Differences that are larger than SDR 9.80 and finds the designated operator, the customer specifies the CN 51 form along with CN, CN and CN 67 55 66 lists back to the operator chosen vendor. Found differences included in the next designated operator submit the invoice to the customer or denies CN 51 within two months from the receipt of the invoice that has been the difference. If this is not done, the designated operator, which found disparities, considers it absolutely accept and include it in the next CN invoice in which 51 make appropriate corrections. The form sent electronically, or, if this is not possible, it is desirable to send recorded messages. 7. in accordance with the bilateral compensation system operator chosen vendor prepares both CN and CN 52 51 Bill, invoice and the two at the monthly, quarterly, half-yearly or annually sends the selected operator customer. The designated operator of the customer in the relevant CN CN 51 and 52 bills or amendments thereto shall be made within two months and the payment of a specified amount, as provided for in article 257 RL. If CN or CN 51 52 bills are correct, the payment shall be made taking into account the corrected amount. If the designated operator, which has sent the Bill, two months do not receive notification about the invoice shall be considered completely accepted. Form transmitted by electronic means, or if this is not possible, it is desirable to transfer the recorded messages. 8. CN 52 total invoice corrections, which made the successful operator of a customer, base, adding 19 and 51 in certain CNS CNS and CP 75 total bills. 9. If statistics going on in October, the annual fees for priority mail and airmail parcels in transit can be detected early, on the basis of the statistics compiled in May of the previous year. The provisional duty shall be adjusted next year when the Bills, based on statistics collected in October, has been accepted or they are considered to be fully accepted. 10. If the designated operator cannot make the annual collection of statistics, it reached an agreement with the respective designated operators, to make the annual payments, based on statistics collected during the previous year and, if necessary, use a special factor for RL 246. paragraph 3 of article. 11. If the balance in the CN CN 52 51 or invoice is not greater than 163.35 SDRS, it carried over to the next CN or CN 52 51 Bill relevant cases designated operators is not participating in the international clearing system of the Office. 12. CN CN CN 55, 66 and 67 lists and the relevant CN CN 51 and 52 bills always sent by the fastest route (air or ground). 13. Settlement of accounts can be performed according to RL and RL 256.254. article. 249. pantsTranzītmaks and RL air tariff revisions 1. Tranzītmaks and the air tariff revisions referred to in article 211 RL and RL. Article 244, respectively: 1. shall enter into force only on 1 January; 1.2. and at least three months previously reported to the International Bureau that this information all the designated operators shall give at least one month before the date laid down in paragraph 1.1. RL 250. pantsAviopārvadājum. 1, the tariff paid the air fares paid to airlines, which carried it to aviodepeš the whole route or part of it. 2. irrespective of that rule, the airline, which carries aviodepeš, can request that the copies of the tariffs charged for any operator designated in accordance with the agreement between the airline and the designated operator. 3. the air fares for public transit priority shipments, airmail parcels and consignments, the ISLAND where they are transported by air mail, pay the designated operator, which transmit messages. 4. If other measures have been taken to the air tariffs on aviodepeš, which is directly handled, one airline to another, the transfer of the designated operator of the sender pays 4.1. either first air carrier, which then is responsible for settlement of accounts with the next air carriers; 4.2. does each carrier involved in the transhipment. RL 251. pantsAviopārvadājum tariff for direct or incorrectly sent to depeš or containers 1. The designated operator, which has transferred depeš that during transport are departed from the route, transportation tariffs paid on actual depeš of shipping distances. 2. It shall bear the transport tariffs for the distance to the airport of landing that was originally indicated in the cover letter, CN 38 in the following cases: 2.1 the actual route of transmission is unknown; 2.2. tariffs for actual shipping distances not yet requested, or 2.3. is responsible for the diversion of the airline, which carries out the transport. 3. additional charges for redirected the actual transport of depeš distance: 3.1 it pay the designated operator, whose services in the event of diversion is made; 3.2 it is the designated operator, which has collected the airline paid shipping charges when the consignment was unloaded in a place that is not in the CN 38 cover letter. 4.1-3. the provisions laid down in paragraph 1 shall apply by analogy, even if not specified in the airport the CNA 38 cover letter is only part of the landed depeš. 5. The designated operator, which has transferred depeš or tar, which is incorrectly sent due to an error in the tag, pay an amount according to the shipping charges for all the distance flown in accordance with article 34 of the Convention 3.1. RL 252. pantsAviopārvadājum rates for lost or destroyed depeš 1. If the depeš is lost or destroyed in an accident, involving a vessel, aircraft or other reasons, for which responsibility is to be assumed by the carrier, the designated operator of the sender are exempt from any air fare on air transport of the depeš who lost or destroyed any route used in the flight phase. 13. nodaļaNorēķin. 253. pantsSarakst-RL payments and billing electronically 1. operators may agree that the list and invoice exchange occurs electronically. 2. the dispatch takes place electronically, then, unless otherwise specified, the following list is in force and the time limit for the receipt of the invoice.
Name or type of document, the period of reimbursement Form 48 2 months Aviodepeš of CN CN 51 1 month total invoice 52 1 month annual CNS summary of consignments and CN 54ter-54b CNS review mechanism 1 month-depeš exchange between migration towards countries in 2 months depeš umbrella list CN and CN 56b 56 2 months for a separate Bill. The final settlement in the CN 61 1 month single invoice. CN Tranzītmaks 62 2 months in a separate Bill. Additional tranzītmaks's CN 62 bis 2 months. CN Tranzītmaks 63 1 month list. The final settlement in the CN 64 1 month postal packages 75 1 month CP RL 254. pantsRēķin preparation and settlement 1. International Settlements in connection with the mail flow between designated operators may be considered the current transaction and shall be subject to the relevant Member States ' existing international obligations, if agreements have been reached in this respect. If the agreement is not, the settlement shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions set out below. 2. each designated operator prepares invoices and forward them to duplicate the parties involved except the CN CN 51 and 52 bills, which shall be drawn up pursuant to article 247 RL. One of the existing copies, where appropriate, making changes or adding of differences, shall be returned to the operator chosen vendor. This invoice is used as the basis to the designated operators between them prepare a final total invoice. 3. Invoices where amount expressed in SDR units, i.e., CN, CN, CN 02b 03 03b, CN CN CN 52 48, 51, 57, 61, CN, CN CN CN CN 62b, 62, 63, 64 and a form 64b CNS CNS, total or the balance is rounded to whole numbers. Discrepancies on invoices drawn up on forms uzskaitītāj, shall not be taken into account if they are no larger than SDR 9.80 one invoice. 4. the designated operators can make mutual settlements, or they can use the International Office of multilateral clearing system or any other billing system. The opportunity to participate in the International Office of multilateral clearing system is only for selected operators who signed the accession agreement relating to that system. 5. The designated operator of the vendor, in consultation with the operator, the customer chooses the way of payment. If a dispute arises about it, in any case, priority is given to the operator chosen by the vendor selection. If the account is used for the performance of the International Office of multilateral clearing system, both the designated operator vendor and operator chosen must be appropriate to the customer adding in the parties to the agreement and mutually agree on the insertion of the relevant invoice. RL 255. pantsNorēķin using the International Bureau 1. Settlement via the International Office in the clearing system shall be carried out in accordance with the rules set UP in the clearing system user group. 256. pantsSDR RL, expressed in debt payments. 1. General provisions of the terms of payment set out below apply to all debts denominated in SDR units and raised postal transactions. These displays may occur in the International Bureau prepare invoices or lists the total or aggregate invoices or lists, which are not prepared by the International Bureau. These rules are also associated with differences in repair, payment of interest, or, where appropriate, to billing. 2. each designated operator can get rid of liabilities in accounting for the funds to the account from which to deduct debts when they were found. 3. Assuming the payments are complied with, any designated operator can arrange to mail-related debt, which is denominated in SDR units, offsetting credit and debit in other designated operators. The Tribunal, by mutual agreement, may apply to debts incurred with telecommunications service, where both designated operators offer the postal and telecommunications services. Offsetting the debts cannot be applied in the context of transactions concluded with the organization or company that is controlled by the operator, if the selected operator disagrees. 4. If the total invoice, which contains a variety of debts, is included in the Bill, then aviodepeš must not be delayed payment to the air carrier concerned to the tariff. RL 257. pantsRēķin pay rules in cases where settlement is made with the International Bureau through the intermediary of 1. Debts paid in the currency that is selected in consultation with the customer, the operator has chosen the successful operator of a creditor. If a dispute arises about it, in any case, priority is given to the designated operator-vendor selection. If the selected operator is specified by the vendor specific currency, then you can choose the designated operator for the customer. 2. the payment amount calculated in the currency of the chosen value is equal to the balance of the invoice, which is expressed in SDR units. 3. in accordance with paragraph 4, the provisions set out in the amount that must be paid to the selected currency, calculated by converting the value of the SDR currency according to the following rules: 3.1 in relation to currencies for which the International Monetary Fund (IMF) has published SDR exchange rate, use the exchange rate in force on the day preceding the payment or the last published exchange rate. 3.2. In relation to other currencies of payment first, SDR amount shall be converted into an intermediary in respect of which the IMF SDR exchange rates published each day, and the conversion is performed using the last published exchange rate. Second, it converts the resultant payment currency, using the latest exchange rate, which is the designated operator listed on the customer's currency market. 3.3. in the case of the provisional duty, provided for in article 242, RL 3.1. and 3.2. the procedure described in point is different. In relation to the currencies for which the IMF has published SDR exchange rate, use the exchange rate in force on 30 June of the year concerned or, if June 30 is a holiday, the rate in force on the next business day; in the case provided for in point 3.2, an intermediary in the conversion to be carried out in accordance with the June last published exchange rate. 4. If, by mutual agreement, the designated operator of the vendor and the selected operator customers choose the currency, which is not a member of the IMF and that the law does not allow to apply paragraph 3, the provisions set out in the relevant designated operators agree on for what is used for the conversion of the selected SDR amount in currency. 5. for the purposes of calculating any currency equivalent using the closing rate of the currency, which can be used in most commercial transactions, or last quoted rate. 6. The designated operator for the customer on the date of payment in the selected currency amount paid using Giro accounts or bank transfer, or if that payment method is not available, bank cheque, bank draft or any other designated operators two acceptable methods of payment. If the designated operator of the vendor is not suggested to use its preferred method of payment, then choose the designated operator for the customer. 7. The designated operator of the vendor, using the circular issued by the International Bureau, shall be published in the changes in relation to the addresses to which to send cheques or transfers must be made. 8. Fee for wire transfer (fees, billing fees, contributions, fees, etc.), which are charged at debetvalst, shall be borne by the successful operator of a customer. Fees charged at kredītvalst, including for the transfer of the charge levied by the bank will be borne by the intermediary operator chosen vendor. If you are using a giro payment system, giving exemption from charges, the exemption shall also apply to the Exchange site in a third country or countries, which acts as an intermediary between the customer and the operator designated by the designated operator of the vendor if between designated operators is not exchanged. 9. If the period of transfer order, transfer shipment, or via other means, until the designated operator of the vendor receives the appropriate amount has changed the selected currency equivalent value, which is calculated as described in 3, 4 or 5, and if the difference this change is greater than 5% of the amount (which is calculated after the change), then the total difference divided equally among the two designated operators. 10. Payment shall be made as soon as possible, but not later than six weeks from the date of the adoption of the total invoice and the invoice, which is the amount to be paid or balance, or when it was announced on the official adoption of the Bill. Once the deadline has passed, the amount paid shall be applied to the interest rate of the six years, counting from the day following the expiry of that period. The term "payment" means that you have sent funds or instruments of payment (cheques, Bill of Exchange ', etc.), or that the organization that is responsible for debetvalst the transfer, has signed a transfer or deposit. In the event that the bank's transaction is not possible, which delays the adoption of bill payment debetvalst, debetvalst and kredītvalst in the designated operators may apply to the International Bureau for help to speed up the payment transfer. Debetvalst is the designated operator, who asked the International Bureau to speed up payment transfer, you need to confirm the request in writing, evidence that the payment is not possible directly between the designated operators, as well as evidence that the Bills are adopted. 11. If the payment is made, then the transfer documents (cheques, Bill of Exchange, acceptances etc.), the information about name, date, amount of SDR units, the conversion rate used and the rate at the date of entry into force in respect of each amount that is credited to the total transfer amount. If the transfer can be added to the above information, the day when the payment is made, send a letter of explanation, through electronic means or mail sending the fastest route (air or ground). The explanation must be in the French language or in a language understood by the designated operator that it receives payment. 14. nodaļaEksprespast mailing pantsEksprespast mailing 258. RL 1. Relations between the designated operators have agreed to provide this service, EMC assigns priority over other mail. This means that the correspondence, documents or goods collected, transmitted and delivered in a very short period of time. 2. Ems are governed on the basis of multilateral or bilateral agreements. Those aspects that are not explicitly regulated in those agreements shall apply the relevant provisions of the Union. 3. This service, if possible, marked with the logo of the sample below, which contains the following elements:-orange wings, blue letters "EM" – three horizontal stripes in Orange. The logo can be supplemented by adding the public postal service 4. Service charge, taking into account the costs and requirements of the market operator chosen by the sender. RL 259. pantsEM activity 1. To save the EMS network, a Member State and/or the designated operator, if needed, can provide EMS services with private sector companies in the other country, subject to the law of the country. 15. e-mail nodaļaElektronisk. Telematic connections RL 260.1. pantsHibrīdpast hybrid mail is on the electronic-based postal service when the sender sends the message to the original person or elektroniskl manner that is electronically formatted and converted into a correspondence of letters for the physical delivery of the consignment adresārt. If national legislation so permits, by recipient or sender's request, the designated operator providing delivery, can reproduce the original received message in a different physical form (such as a fax, e-mail or SMS in the form) or in any other way. 1.1. where a consignment is physically delivered to the recipient, the information is usually sent electronically, potentially longer path and then the recipient's address as close as possible to the place it reproduces the natural way. 2. Hybrid mail tariffs applicable to determine the designated operators, taking account of the costs and requirements of the market. RL 261. pantaAr facsimile services using facsimile 1 with related services, by facsimile may send text and images to match the original. 262. Article RL text services using 1 text-related services, you can send text and images created with the data processing device (personal computer, mainframe). 263. electronic mail RL certification mark 1. Relations between the designated operators have agreed to provide this service, the electronic mail certification mark, as defined in the S43 technical standard RIVER, is a testament to the string that you as a trusted third party in a designated operator and used to some content in the case of certified electronic transactions on a particular date and time, involving one or more specific parties. The respective designated operators to ensure that they continue to follow UP the S43 technical standard according to the applicable procedures which mail actions the Council adopted in accordance with the standards of the Council of the RIVER. 2. electronic postal certification marks of the cross-border supply of a service in the case governed by approved reliability model [trust Model], as provided for in the multilateral agreement between the designated operators who participate in this service. This trust model is based on the fact that these different designated operators providing digital notification when dealing with cross-border electronic postal certification marks certify each other mutual identity. It is carried out, the designated operators in exchanging relevant information concerning the electronic postal certification marks of the digital identity (with its electronic postal certification mark keys, i.e., X 509 digitālsertifikāt). 2.1. Each designated operator's digital identity is a unique digital identificētāj (string or marker), which is provided by a trusted third party that clearly identify the designated operator when cross-border dealings with another designated operator and its clients are using electronic mail certification mark. 3. to designated operators concerned could be used to cross-border electronic postal certification marks for service, they are: 3.1 from trusted third parties providing digital identity, obtain electronic postal certification marks of the digital identity; 3.2. inform all other successful operators who offer electronic mail service, the certification mark for this identity and distributed accordingly. 4. fees for electronic postal certification marks for service, taking into account the cost and market requirements, determines the sender State designated operator. Each designated operator: 4.1. reserves revenue from electronic mail certification mark, except where the designated operators involved agree income achieved by the electronic mail service, the certification mark to split; 4.2. confirmation about the electronic postal certification mark, no extra charge, regardless of where the electronic mail certification mark is used. 5. electronic postal certification marks service between designated operators involved, on the basis of a multilateral agreement, which reflects and complements these provisions provided for in the rules of procedure. 5.1. on this multilateral agreement provides for requirements for electronic mail certification marks for service between the Member States. The participating operators designated by mutual agreement, must comply with the relevant multilateral agreement provisions. 5.2. Those aspects that are not clearly defined in this multilateral agreement on electronic postal certification mark, the relevant provisions of the Universal Postal Union. 6. If possible, electronic mail certification marks identify services, use of the logo for the 5th multilateral agreement referred to in paragraph 1. RL 264. pantsIerakstīt electronic mailings 1. Recorded in electronic mailings are protected and trusted electronic message exchange, which enables authenticated sender to send electronic messages, deliver it to one or more of the authenticated recipients with proof of shipment and delivery. 2. Recorded in electronic mailings: 2.1. provides message confidentiality and integrity; 2.2. ensure authenticity and iespejāmīb users and designated operato denial; 2.3. the process and all material generated by the event evidence throughout the course of the operating cycle; 2.4. generates reports on individual processes or events and forward them to interested parties; 2.5. keep evidence generated for further approval. 3. The designated operators providing electronic registered mail service must be registered in the list of designated operators trust, which manages the River, published and distributed. 4. Tariffs for registered electronic mail services by mailing the transfer of national operator, taking into account the cost and market needs. 5. Record the electronic mail services under bilateral or multilateral agreements concluded between designated operators involved. Registered electronic post service conditions, laid down in bilateral or multilateral agreements shall be pieicešm requirements to provide record electronic mail services across borders, including reciprocal billing arrangements between designated operators involved. 6. compatibility aspects relating to record electronic mailing services based on relevant UP to standards. 7. the designated operators may agree to record electronic mail using common identifying sign. 265. electronic mail SETTING mailbox 1. E-mail mailbox enables authenticated senders to send electronic messages, deliver them to authenticated recipients, store and manage electronic messages and information, as well as provide authenticated recipients access to these messages and information. 2. Electronic mail: PO box 2.1. ensure the authenticity of the sender and the recipient and the possibility to store 2.2 electronic messages and information to RL pantsTelemātisk connections. 266. General provisions 1. operators may agree to the establishment of telematic communication among themselves and with other partners. 2. the designated operators involved are free to choose their suppliers and technical systems (hardware and software) necessary for data exchange. 3. In consultation with the network service provider, the designated operators bilaterally agree on the payment method for this service. 4. the designated operators is not financially or legally responsible if another designated operator does not make payments for services provided in connection with the provision of telematic communications. RL article 267 rules related to telematic link 1. operators comply with international standards to ensure the interoperability of the system. 2. the International Bureau of the needs of designated operators, maintain and update the published UP to the technical standards of the EDI message standards RIVER and UP the code list. 3. to make the exchange of data with other operators and selected external partners, the designated operators use messages made UP and that the International Bureau has published the report of the EDI standard RIVER, if the messages are designed and suitable for the specific data exchange. Such reports shall be used in accordance with RL article 275. Other organisations develop message can be used as soon as it is approved by the RIVER, and they are published UP to standard. The EDI message 4. the International Bureau regularly publishes a list of the available documents and manuals for the telematic communications and, on request, issue those successful operators that provide the telematic services. 268. pantsNoteikum on the LV charges for telematic link 1. operators shall decide on the method of payment for the services of the network, under one of the following procedures: 1. the designated operator of the sender pays only for sent messages; 1.2. the operator, the beneficiary pays only for received messages; 1.3. the designated sender and recipient operators agreed to cover the cost of equal sent and received messages. 2. If both the designated operators cannot agree on the payment method for network services, then automatically apply the method described in point 1.1, except when both the designated operators can mutually agree on an alternative method of payment. 16. nodaļaIntegrēt logistics services RL pantsIntegrēt logistics services 269.1. Relations between the designated operators have agreed to provide this service, integrated logistics services may include individual or group the collection of documents or goods, receipt, processing, storage, transmission, transfer, transport and physical delivery. 2. For further information in relation to the integrated logistics services, which is involved in the provision of two or more designated operators, agreed in bilateral agreements. Those aspects that are not explicitly regulated in the said agreement, the relevant provisions of the Union. 3. the fee for the service, considering the cost and market requirements, determines the designated operator of the sender. 17. nodaļaDažād rules pantsIzraudzīt 270. operator RL information 1. The designated operators, using the appropriate form, the International Bureau shall communicate information about transactions in relation to postal services. This information is provided on the following questions: 1. for decisions that are taken in relation to the Convention and its Rules the General rules of application of the optional; 1.2. the reduced tariff, adopted pursuant to article 8 of the Constitution, and information about the services to which these rates apply; 1.3. for internal mail tariffs applicable; 1.4. in accordance with article 22 of the Convention, inform about service quality 1.4.1 objectives with the priority and airmail post and not a priority and the land delivery in your country; 1.4.2. incoming international mail depeš later time (LAT) airport or other appropriate place; 1.4.3. the consignment acceptance later time incoming mail exchange place; 1.4.4. achievable service level (e.g., next day delivery or delivery in the capital the next day in the rest of the national territory). 1.5. for the different air tariffs, which apply in accordance with RL. Article 244, indicating the date of entry into force of the tariff; 1.6. for copies of the papildtarif or combined rates applicable to different categories of airmail parcels and different countries are different, indicating the names of the countries to which the pictures that you want to send consignments are accepted without papildtarif. 2. Corrections to the information referred to in paragraph 1, the International Bureau shall notify, without delay, and using the fastest means of communication. 1.5. Notice information referred to the International Bureau of corrections must be received within the time limit provided for in article 249 LV. 3. the designated operators can agree to directly exchange information on air traffic, if those interested in this information, particularly with flight schedules and information on the consignment receipt, which are sent from abroad by air to match the supply. 4. the designated operators, using the mail correspondence summary online version, provided with all the services required for the provision of information in relation to the Basic, additional and other services, as set out in the RIVER. If changes were made, the designated operators tell the latest information letter correspondence summary online version for up to 15 days of each quarter. 5. the designated national operators who provide insured shipment service and performing direct exchange, using another 27 tables, notify the CNS information about that post. 6. the operators shall submit to the International Bureau for two copies of published documents, whether they are associated with domestic or international services. If possible, they also provide other country published works related to postal services. 271. pantsStarptautisk Office of RL publications 1. the International Bureau, on the basis of information provided by the designated operators pursuant to article 270 of the LV shall be published in the official collection of General information related to the implementation of the Convention and its rules of procedure in every Member State. It also published similar compilations in the context of the agreement on postal payment services and its rules of implementation, on the basis of the Member States concerned and/or the designated operator of the information provided in accordance with the rules of procedure of the said agreement. 2. Similarly, the International Bureau shall, in the light of the information communicated by the Member States and/or the designated operators and, where appropriate, regional associations in connection with paragraph 1 or 2 of the United Nations in the context of section 2.5., published: 2.1 list of designated operators and regional association addresses, managers and senior officials (including e-mail addresses) that are responsible for postal issues of the Member States. That list, at least in relation to the Member States and the designated operators also indicate the specific addresses, including email addresses, for the following areas: 2.1.1. international relations, security, 2.1.2 2.1.3. relations with international clients, 2.1.4. requests, 2.1.5, 2.1.6. environment. books and 2.1.7. emergency operational information (Em); 2.2. the mail list of international institutions; 2.3. Summary of information in transit, indicating: road sector 2.3.1 list of transit depeš distance, 2.3.2. transit services provided by the land of depeš (including depeš ISLAND); 2.4. the equivalent list of values; 2.5. the restricted articles list of narcotic substances which are prohibited pursuant to the multilateral treaties on narcotic substances, and the International Civil Aviation Organization developed definitions for hazardous items that are prohibited to be sent by mail; 2.6. the designated operator for a summary of the domestic tariff; 2.7. statistical data on postal services (domestic and international); 2.8. the research, findings, reports and other statements relating to postal services; 2.9. the following three directories: 2.9.1. International Bureau library catalog (listing the works that can be found in the library), the International Bureau 2.9.2 periodicals catalog (which lists the periodicals, which are received by the International Bureau), the International Bureau 2.9.3 video library catalog (which lists the films that can be rented by the International Bureau to the Member States or the designated operators); 2.10. the mail equipment catalog. 2.11. airmail service total list or (also called "CN 68 list"), which is updated at least twice a year, in June and December. In June renewed the list includes changes, for which Member States provided the information to the International Bureau in relation to the details of CN 68 list. December Update list contains the changes made by the Member States as regards the details of CN 68 list, as well as financial information on air transportation tariffs in the countries concerned. Financial information, shall enter into force on January 1 next year. If necessary, you can additionally publish the updated list. Information UP to update the Web site at the time of its submission to the International Bureau. 2.12. airmail shipping distances of the list, which the International Bureau will prepare, in cooperation with the air carriers. 3. It also published: 3.1 conventions and agreements for postal payment services manual; 3.2. other laws, which the RIVER anotēj by the International Bureau; 3.3. international postal service multilingual dictionary. 3.4. the correspondence of letters summary online version-UP Web site. 4. For amendments to the various publications listed in points 1-3, report using circulars, newsletters, or other appropriate means. But on the amendments relating to the publications referred to in paragraph 2.11 and 2.12, and the date on which such amendments enter into force for the Member States and report to the designated operators in the most appropriate way, using the fastest route (air or ground) and provide a minimum of delay. 5. the International Bureau publications distributed by the Member States and the designated operators in accordance with the following provisions. 5.1. All publications, except those referred to in point 5.2, distribute three copies, and one copy must be in the official language. The other two copies are either official language or languages requested under general rules of article 155. 5.2. the Postal Union disseminates the journal it is proportional to the number of units of contribution that each Member State and the designated operator granted in accordance with the general rule of article 150. 5.3. for a greater number of copies than that distributed free of charge in accordance with the provisions of point 5.1, the Member States and the designated operators in the International Office publications can be purchased at cost price. 6. the International Bureau also sends publications to regional associations. RL 264. pantsDokument storage time 1. International Service for documents stored for at least 18 months from the date to which they relate. But then, if the documents are reproduced on microfilm, microfiche or similar, then the documents can be destroyed as soon as it is established that replication has completed successfully. 2. Documents relating to disputes or requests kept in until the issue is resolved. If the designated operator, which has proposed the issue when you receive the proper information on the results, six months after the receipt of such information has disagreed, then considered the matter resolved. 273. pantsVeidlap. 1 in RL form correspond to the models set out in the annex. 2. the text of the form, color, and size, as well as other parameters, such as the space reserved for the bar code, this corresponds to the requirements of the rules of procedure. 3. If the public use forms are not printed in the French language, the text translated into the French language, and the translation between the lines records. 4. If the designated operators is not involved directly in agreement, determined otherwise, the designated form for operators to develop a mutual conversation, in French, the translation between the rows, or records, without it. 5. fill in the form and copies of it to all the entries would be completely legible. The original form is sent either by the designated operator concerned or interested party, to which most concerns the particular situation. 6. Every time you mail form must indicate the mail exchange authority, apply the provisions of article 173 in RL. RL 274. pantsPublisk forms available to the appropriate RL 1 273. paragraph 3 of article, the following forms are available to the public in the form of: CN 01 (international reply coupon); CN 07 (notice of receipt/payment/registration/service); CN 08 (request); CN (Labelling of voucher) 11; CN 14 (total envelope); CN 17 (application for post withdrawal, change of address or repair, the amount of the arrears or alteration); CN 18 (application for mail not received (or receipt)); CN 22 (label "customs"); CN 23 (customs declaration); CN 29 ("COD" label ("Arrears")); CN 29ter coupon shipments with arrears (COD) RL pantsStandart 1 275. application of rules of procedure execution some may be related to specific standards. Member States and/or the designated operators must refer to the corresponding UP to standard publication that contains UP to the approved standards. 2. UP to standards is voluntary, except where the Rules of the RIVER is a clear requirement for mandatory enforcement. However, the Member States and/or the designated operators are recommended to comply with the standards that applies to domestic and international actions to increase their processing system and process efficiency and compatibility. 3. UP to standard must be adopted in full. Member States and/or the designated operators ensure that the standard use of the RIVER completely comply with the applicable requirements set out in the standard. Diversion of the suggestions is acceptable only as much as is allowed in the standard. 276. pantsVid aspects of RL 1. Designated operators in its products and services are designed to be as friendly to the environment, taking into account technological and resource limitations. 2. You need to optimise the material and energy consumption, to be minimal and operations are carried out effectively. 3. Materials used must comply with the relevant national or international standards on pollution not intended or non-toxic materials. 4. the operators should contribute to the paper and other materials for recycling. They should also encourage the use of recycled materials. 18. nodaļaPārej provisions and final clauses RL 277. pantsVēstuļ correspondence of the entry into force of rules of procedure and their operating time 1. These rules of procedure shall enter into force from the date of application of the Universal Postal Convention. 2. Postal Operations Council decides otherwise, this Rule is in effect as long as the Convention. Berne, 13 April 15 letter correspondence, translation of the rules of procedure of the closing Protocol Confirmed the correspondence of letters, postal operations regulated by the Council has agreed on the following. RL I article Special tariffs 1. Notwithstanding article 106 2.6 RL States in France reserves the right not to apply tariffs on shipments of the blind store in accordance with national legislation.
RL II Article Printed Matter. Maximum weight 1. Notwithstanding article 1.2.122 RL States in Ireland and Canada shall have the right to restrict incoming and outgoing print a maximum weight of up to 2 kilograms. RL article III each post category specific rules applicable to 1.126. Article 2.2. RL States in Afghanistan and Japan reserves the right to add to or aerogrammes affix pictures, or strips of paper under the conditions provided for by the national services. 2. Notwithstanding article 4.5.126. RL States if not concluded bilateral agreements, United States and Canada does not accept consignments of printed matter, if they are accompanied by postcards, envelope or wrapper that is a sender or his representative address in the original country of destination of the consignment. 3. Notwithstanding article 5.1 LV 126 States in Australia takes delivery of the consignment, only blind shipments which are recognised as the blind this country's domestic services. 4. Notwithstanding article 126. RL point France laid down in the provisions concerning consignments blind in accordance with the laws of that State. 5. Notwithstanding article 126. RL 5 in particular, if a bilateral agreement is not concluded, Iraq does not accept consignments of printed matter, if they are accompanied by postcards, envelopes or packaging to which the sender's address, which is not the country of the transfer shipment. 6. Notwithstanding article 5.2 LV 126 States in Azerbaijan, India, Indonesia, Lebanon, Nepal, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan and Zimbabwe as the post the blind adopted sound recordings only when it sends an officially recognized body or the blind if they are addressed to the authority. 7. Notwithstanding article 126. RL referred to the Russian Federation reserves the right to not accept small packages are not recorded. Small packages prepared according to the RL and RL article 137 article 189 regulations. 8. Independently of the RL article 126. established in Canada is not permitted to accept or not to process the M bag, with other countries received audiovisual media or information material. 9. no disclaimer concerning postal vairumsūtījum do not affect the application of article 226 of the RL. 10. irrespective of article 8.1 126. RL States in Greece reserves the right to consider for postal consignments vairumsūtījum where the same or depeš one day when you are designing a number of depeš, is passed to the 150 or more mailing that betrayed the same sender as well if the two weeks the same sender has passed 1000 or more. 11. Notwithstanding the RL 126 article referred to democratic people's Republic of Korea reserves the right not to accept M bags containing samples of goods or other tax exempt commercial consignments, or informational materials that are not intended for resale. RL article IV Standardized consignments 1. United States, Japan, Canada, Kenya, Tanzania, United Republic and Uganda shall not have the obligation to avoid the use of envelopes, which format is larger than the size recommended in article 130, the RL if these envelopes are used widely in the countries concerned. 2. Afghanistan and India shall not have the obligation to avoid the use of envelopes, which format is larger or smaller than the sizes recommended in article 130, the RL if these envelopes are used widely in the countries concerned. 3. RL 130 paragraph 1 and 4 shall not apply to Japan. RL V article exceptionally dangerous products adopted 1.131. Article RL France reserves the right to refuse to accept mail that is specified in this article. RL article VI radioactive materials, infectious substances, and lithium cells and batteries permitted to accept 1.132. RL article France reserves the right to refuse to accept mail that is specified in this article. RL article VII postal tariff conditions of application 1. Regardless of the RL to article 107 in particular Ireland reserves the right to determine that the first weight step correspondence of the tariff scale of letters is 25 grams. RL article VIII of postal tariffs released marking of consignments 1. LV 112 point 1 of article 3 in particular France reserves the right to apply provisions in respect of consignments for the blind in accordance with the national laws and regulations. RL article IX M bags 1. Record to the United States and Canada shall have the right to not accept recorded sacks and M provide the following record bag handling if they are received from other countries. RL Article x the maximum insured shipment restrictions 1.138. RL article Sweden reserves the right to restrict record and insured mail correspondence contains the value of the shipment in Sweden, setting the following maximum limits: incoming correspondence letters mailing contains the maximum commercial value of the maximum sum insured is the maximum remuneration Recorded 500 SDR-consignments 30 SDRs (M bags-150 SDRS) insured shipments 1 000 1 000 1 000 SDR SDR 2 SDR. This restriction may not circumvent When performing a partial insurance for an amount in excess of 1000 SDR. New restrictions related to record and insure the contents of the consignment is not defined. Whose value will be greater than this limit will be sent back to the transfer location. 3. Notwithstanding article 134. RL Denmark reserves the right to restrict the content value of those incoming or recorded insured letter correspondence shipments, containing cash or bearer securities, setting the following maximum limits: incoming correspondence letters mailing contains the maximum commercial value of the maximum sum insured is the maximum remuneration recorded correspondence letters mailing 100 SDR-30 SDRS insured mail correspondence letters 4 000 4 000 000 SDR SDR SDR 4 3.1. These restrictions may not circumvent When performing a partial insurance for an amount that exceeds 4 000 SDR RL article XII insured shipments 1.138. RL article France reserves the right to restrict the insured letters correspondence content value of shipments in France by establishing the following maximum limits: the maximum commercial value content to the maximum sum insured is the maximum reward of insured shipments 630 630 630 SDR SDR 2 SDR. These limits must not be circumvented through partial insurance for the amount of exceeding 630 SDR. Whose value will be greater than this limit will be sent back to the transfer location. The declared value shall not be less than the commercial value of the consignment. RL article XII the cost calculation of the IBR 1. Cape Verde, Egypt, Qatar, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Morocco, Nepal, Oman and Uzbekistan reserves the right to claim compensation for the costs of services IBR even if during the year the number of the returned consignment is less than or equal to the number for the RL article 4.4.144. RL XIII article incorrectly assumed the post processing 1. Afghanistan, Angola, Djibouti and Pakistan is not obliged to comply with the RL 149. paragraph 4, namely, that "this communication indicates precisely the ban, under which the consignment and the items were seized. 2. in Afghanistan, Angola, Argentina, Australia, Azerbaijan, Djibouti, Estonia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Canada, Democratic People's Republic of Korea, Nepal, Sudan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan and Viet Nam reserves the right to, be informed of the reasons for the seizure of mail, limited to the information that is provided by the Customs authorities, and subject to national legislation. 3. the United States reserves the right to be considered not properly accept any shipment containing substances which are controlled under the U.S. federal rules of Chapter 21, paragraph in 1308 and process it in accordance with the internal laws and customs practices. 4. France RL article 149 shall apply the provisions of paragraph 6, only for mailing the blind, without prejudice to what is laid down in the laws of this State. RL article XIV transfer 1. RL 150. paragraph 2 of article provisions do not apply to Denmark, Finland and Sweden the designated operator of the mail sorting machine process automatically transfers to the recipient, which is depeš changed address.
RL request processing article XV 1. Regardless of the RL in United States laid down in article 154 reserves the right, from the referral of the national post operator does not accept CN 08 request form on record shipments, sent as transit shipments, open and refuses to take responsibility for this type of consignments prohibited. RL article XVI Post that passes customs control 1. RL article 156. United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland takes no responsibility for the acquisition of the sender's signature on the CN 22 and CN 23 forms to confirm that the consignment does not contain any dangerous object that is prohibited mail regulations.
RL article XVII Izzagt or damaged record or insured shipment 1. Regardless of the RC article 160 1. and 2.  in the United States set out in paragraph reserves the right not to apply these provisions with respect to letters of correspondence recorded messages. 2. Notwithstanding Article 160. RL Argentina reserves the right not to apply these provisions, as long as it has not conducted a study to determine ways to recover and manage costs associated with service delivery procedures. 3. Notwithstanding Article 160 LV 1 and 2 in Brazil set reserves the right not to apply the provisions relating to CN 24. 4. Notwithstanding Article 160. RL Canada reserves the right, in electronic or other form to report recipient, the transfer of the national operator and/or to the sender about izzagt or damaged registered post delivery. RL article XVIII the designated operator of the procedure for the determination of responsibility 1. Apart from the LV article 166, and the United States laid down in paragraph 3, reserves the right not to apply these provisions with respect to letters of correspondence recorded messages. 2. Notwithstanding article 166. RL referred to Argentina reserves the right to not issue a CN 24 form. 3. Notwithstanding article 166. RL and Canada established in paragraph 3 is allowed not to apply the rules on record shipments. Article XIX 1 RL bags. RL article 178 paragraph 10 shall not apply to the UK, where the legislation provides for a lower weight limit. In accordance with uk law, health and safety in the mail bag weight is limited to 20 kilograms. 2. Notwithstanding article 2.10. HEADING 178 States in the Democratic People's Republic of Korea reserves the right to limit the mail-bag weight of up to 20 kilograms. RL Depeš marking article XX 1. France shall apply article 188 paragraph 8 in respect of consignments blind, without prejudice to the laws of that State. RL article XXI 1. Depeš push Azerbaijan, Bolivia, Estonia, Latvia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan recognize only the transfer costs, carried out in accordance with the rules of the bar, which indicates the CN 35 mailing container tag airmail and CN 38 pavadraksto. 2. taking into account the provisions of paragraph 1, the United States, France, Greece, Italy, Senegal and Thailand closed depeš transfer only in accordance with the conditions laid down in article 191 RL. RL article XXII 1. Special tranzītmaks Greece reserves the right to a 30% increase in land tranzītmaks and 50% increase in marine tranzītmaks for RL 208. in paragraph 1 of article. 2. Australia, Singapore and Finland reserves the right to a 50% increase in land and sea tranzītmaks for RL 208. in paragraph 1 of article. 3. the Russian Federation is allowed to charge additional SDR tranzītmaks 0.65 for RL article 208, paragraph 1 for each correspondence letters mailing kilograms that transit transported by the Siberian route. 4. Egypt and Sudan is allowed to charge additional SDR tranzītmaks 0.16 for RL 208. in paragraph 1 of article for every letter correspondence bag which transit transported by Nasser Lake [Lake Nasser] between [Shallal] Šalal (Egypt) and Vadīhalf [Wadi Half] (Sudan). 5. the Republic of Panama is allowed to charge additional SDR tranzītmaks 0.98 for RL article 208, paragraph 1 for each correspondence of letters of transit in the bags transported by Panama between Balbo of port of the Pacific Ocean and the Atlantic port of Cristobal. 6. Finland is allowed to charge an additional fee for each such correspondence letters mailing kilograms, which recipients are Aland Islands. 6.1. the Aviodepeš and depeš additional charge for priority complies with the land tranzītmaks and on the air. 6.2. terrestrial and non priority depeš depeš additional charge matches the land tranzītmaks and the respective shipping fee. 7. By way of exception to the Republic of Panama are allowed to charge for bags of all SDR 0.65 depeš, stored or handled in the port of Cristóbal Balbo or, if it does not receive payment for the depeš of land or sea transit. 8. Independently of the RL 208. paragraph 1 of article of Afghanistan established in the designated operator, taking into account the particular difficulties associated with transport and communications, at the time the national territory are allowed to be transported in the closed transit depeš transit and open correspondence under conditions which it specifically agreed with the respective designated operators. 9. Irrespective of the RL 208. paragraph 1 of article specific Syrian and Iraqi transport services are considered emergency services for which you may be charged a special tranzītmaks. 10. Denmark is authorized to charge an additional fee for each such correspondence letters mailing kilograms, which is the recipient of the Faroe Islands or to Greenland. 10.1. for aviodepeš, depeš and depeš for priority ISLAND additional charge matches the transit fees for the processing of air aviodepeš and pay. 10.2. in relation to the land and not priority depeš depeš additional charge matches the land and on the sea tranzītmaks tranzītmaks. 10.3. For aviodepeš, the first depeš, land depeš, depeš and depeš ISLANDS in the priority that sends open in transit to the Faroe Islands or Greenland, Denmark is authorised to charge tranzītmaks (transport and processing costs and final settlement), as defined in article 211 RL. 11. Ukraine reserves the right for the 50% increase in marine tranzītmaks for RL 208. in paragraph 1 of article. 12. Germany is right about the 50% increase in marine tranzītmaks for RL 208. in paragraph 1 of article. RL article XXIII Depeš with vairumsūtījum of accounting 1.237. Article 2.2. RL laid the bills submitted to the United States, Australia and Canada, the designated operator, will not be deemed to have been accepted and they should not be paid for six weeks from their receipt, provided that the invoice is not received within seven days after the designated operator vendor it has prepared.
RL Article XXIV, CN CN CN 55 66 and 67 list CN 51 and 52 of the individual invoice total invoice submission, CNA and adoption 1. RL article 248. specific bills, submitted to the United States and the Lao People's Democratic Republic, the designated operator, will not be deemed to have been accepted and they should not be paid for six weeks from their receipt, provided that the invoice is not received within seven days after the When the successful operator of a vendor has sent them. 2. without prejudice to article 248 of the RL 6 and 7 referred to bills submitted by Australia, the people's Republic of China and Saudi Arabia designated operator, will not be deemed to be adopted within the two months following the receipt of the invoice, as well as they do not have to pay for six weeks of the receipt when it is used direct invoicing system, provided that the invoice is not received within seven days after the When the successful operator of a vendor has sent them. RL article XXV international reply coupons issued to 2002 1 January 1. international response coupons issued up to 1 January 2002 and is exchanged up to 30 June 2006, settled directly between the respective designated operators in accordance with the provisions set out below. These coupons can not specify further international response coupons total settlement Bill, prepared by the International Bureau. 2. If specifically agreed to, then after that transition, the above types of international reply coupons can not be used between designated operators. 3. The total billing invoices between designated operators answers the coupon value for coupons is 0.74 SDR. 4. each year, not later than six months after the end of the period exchange answers coupons sent them the designated operators, which it is issued, the total number and value of showing in the list that matches the attached sample 02b. CNS 5. The reply coupon which error credited the invoice for the designated operator, who is not the Publisher of the coupon is deducted from the invoice that the designated operator and sends back the designated operator, who sent them wrong; These coupons stamped accordingly. This operation can be performed in the next billing period to avoid extra billing. This provision shall not apply at the end of 2006. 6. as soon as the two designated operators have agreed on mutual relations, exchanged replies number of coupons, the designated operator vendor in two copies shall prepare and send to the designated operator customer list that matches the attached sample 03b, if CN is greater than 74 SDRs and if between the designated operators, there is no agreement on specific terms. If a month after the sending of the list referred to the designated operator of the creditor has not received comments, then the amount specified in the list be considered completely accepted. 7. If the balance in the settlement between two designated operators is not greater than 74, then the designated operator SDR vendor this balance carried over to the next year. If the balance of payments for the answer coupons, which exchanged up to 30 June 2006 is less than 74 SDR, payment shall not be made. 8. Payment shall be made as soon as possible and no later than six weeks after the date of adoption or notification that the payable balance is totally accepted. 9. International reply coupons issued to January 1, 2002 must exchange the postal authorities after august 31, 2007. RL Article XXVI of the adjustment of the debts incurred to perform settlements in connection with the final total invoice for international reply coupons, which are distributed to 2002 1 January 1. debts payable to the operator, who is not paid to 2003 April 1 and which arose after the settlement, with the International Bureau, a final total invoice for international reply coupons, which are distributed to 2002 1 January can be adjusted in relation to the designated operator's credit that is owed to the customer concerned. Before the operation of the International Bureau to consult the respective vendor and send a reminder to the customer who has not fulfilled obligations. If payment is not made within one month after the dispatch of this collection, the International Bureau, after having informed all the parties involved, is competent to perform the relevant books unilaterally. The consent of the customer who has not fulfilled obligations is required. 2. the correction of that accountancy, the International Bureau compensates only those bills that are accepted by both a debtor who has not fulfilled obligations, and that the designated operator, which is owed to a customer who has not fulfilled obligations. 3. the customer has not fulfilled obligations can not submit the request to the designated operator, which has, on credit, which the International Bureau is compensated by the creditor according to the procedure described in paragraph 1. RL article XXVII the adjustment of debts incurred to perform settlements with the International Bureau through the clearing system, and which have been in force prior to 1 January 2001 1. Debts that are in effect before 1 January 2001 and designated operator, who has missed the deadline of clearing settlement system lists for the last quarter of 2000, is due to perform settlements with the Office of the International clearing system can be adjusted to offset the credit amounts are charged to the customer from the other designated operator. Before the operation of the International Bureau to consult the respective vendor and send a reminder to the customer who has not fulfilled obligations. If payment is not made within one month after the dispatch of this collection, the International Bureau, after having informed all the parties involved, is competent to perform the relevant books unilaterally. 2. the correction of that accountancy, the International Bureau compensates only those bills approved by both a debtor who has not fulfilled obligations, and that the designated operator, which is owed to a customer who has not fulfilled obligations. 3. the customer has not fulfilled obligations can not submit the request to the designated operator, which has, on credit, which the International Bureau is compensated by the creditor according to the procedure described in paragraph 1. RL article form XXVIII 1. RL. Article 273 of the United States, Brazil, Luxembourg, Germany and the Republic of Hungary, the designated operators can change the form size and CNS 07 format. 2. Regardless of the RL article 273. established in France can be made in the form CN 07 following changes: 2.1 add barcode with stripes and/or numbers that correspond to the technical specifications that meet UP to the approved standards; 2.2. provide a blank area in the lower part; 2.3. the recipient of the box Add orange automatically readable reference lines and increase the columns ' shipment recipient "and" send to back "; 2.4. specify information in the English language, which is the required destination. 3. Regardless of the RL article 273. established in Italy may be the form CN 07 following changes: 3.1 the recipient's box to specify white and add internal automatically readable reference lines for writing; 3.2. the empty area in the lower part of the specify white in colour; 3.3. the column "description of consignment" to exclude references to those types of consignments that are not provided in the notice of the issue of the service; 3.4. information on the form to move the caption from the bottom left to bottom right. This Protocol shall have the same legal effect, and it is valid as long as the provisions of the present Protocol, the text of the rules of procedure, to which it relates. Berne, 13 April 15 translation of correspondence Letters annex rules of procedure form